<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Panna</id>
	<title>Vaniquotes - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Panna"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/Panna"/>
	<updated>2026-06-27T08:22:39Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=How_to_behave&amp;diff=92153</id>
		<title>How to behave</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=How_to_behave&amp;diff=92153"/>
		<updated>2009-08-02T13:36:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;how to behave&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|02Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=2|SB=5|CC=2|OB=1|Lec=8|Con=3|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|23}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Behavior]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The learned Kṛṣṇa conscious person may act in such a way that the ignorant person working for sense gratification may learn how to act and how to behave.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 3.26|BG 3.26, Translation and Purport]]: So as not to disrupt the minds of ignorant men attached to the fruitive results of prescribed duties, a learned person should not induce them to stop work. Rather, by working in the spirit of devotion, he should engage them in all sorts of activities [for the gradual development of Kṛṣṇa consciousness].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ. That is the end of all Vedic rituals. All rituals, all performances of sacrifices, and everything that is put into the Vedas, including all direction for material activities, are meant for understanding Kṛṣṇa, who is the ultimate goal of life. But because the conditioned souls do not know anything beyond sense gratification, they study the Vedas to that end. But through fruitive activities and sense gratification regulated by the Vedic rituals one is gradually elevated to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore a realized soul in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should not disturb others in their activities or understanding, but he should act by showing how the results of all work can be dedicated to the service of Kṛṣṇa. The learned Kṛṣṇa conscious person may act in such a way that the ignorant person working for sense gratification may learn how to act and how to behave. Although the ignorant man is not to be disturbed in his activities, a slightly developed Kṛṣṇa conscious person may directly be engaged in the service of the Lord without waiting for other Vedic formulas. For this fortunate man there is no need to follow the Vedic rituals, because by direct Kṛṣṇa consciousness one can have all the results one would otherwise derive from following one&#039;s prescribed duties.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Such materialistic inventions are considered to be advancement of human civilization, but the result is that people grow more and more violent and more and more cruel, cruel to animals and cruel to other human beings. They have no idea how to behave toward one another.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 16.9|BG 16.9, Translation and Purport]]: Following such conclusions, the demoniac, who are lost to themselves and who have no intelligence, engage in unbeneficial, horrible works meant to destroy the world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The demoniac are engaged in activities that will lead the world to destruction. The Lord states here that they are less intelligent. The materialists, who have no concept of God, think that they are advancing. But according to Bhagavad-gītā, they are unintelligent and devoid of all sense. They try to enjoy this material world to the utmost limit and therefore always engage in inventing something for sense gratification. Such materialistic inventions are considered to be advancement of human civilization, but the result is that people grow more and more violent and more and more cruel, cruel to animals and cruel to other human beings. They have no idea how to behave toward one another. Animal killing is very prominent amongst demoniac people. Such people are considered the enemies of the world because ultimately they will invent or create something which will bring destruction to all. Indirectly, this verse anticipates the invention of nuclear weapons, of which the whole world is today very proud. At any moment war may take place, and these atomic weapons may create havoc. Such things are created solely for the destruction of the world, and this is indicated here. Due to godlessness, such weapons are invented in human society; they are not meant for the peace and prosperity of the world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is not that He needed to do all these things to acquire material gain, but all of these acts were performed just to teach us how to behave in this material world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.21.38|SB 4.21.38, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa was in Dvārakā, He offered His respects by bowing down at the lotus feet of Nārada. When Sudāmā Vipra came to His house, Lord Kṛṣṇa personally washed his feet and gave him a seat on His personal bed. Although He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa offered His respects to Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira and Kuntī. The Lord&#039;s exemplary behavior is to teach us. We should learn from His personal behavior how to give protection to the cow, how to cultivate brahminical qualities and how to respect the brāhmaṇas and the Vaiṣṇavas. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gītā (3.21), yad yad ācarati śreṣṭhas tat tad evetaro janaḥ: &amp;quot;If the leading personalities behave in a certain manner, others follow them automatically.&amp;quot; Who can be more of a leading personality than the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and whose behavior could be more exemplary? It is not that He needed to do all these things to acquire material gain, but all of these acts were performed just to teach us how to behave in this material world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.19.3|SB 5.19.3, Translation]]: Let me please Your Lordship by chanting the bīja-mantra oṁkāra. I wish to offer my respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, who is the best among the most highly elevated personalities. Your Lordship is the reservoir of all the good qualities of Āryans, people who are advanced. Your character and behavior are always consistent, and You always control Your senses and mind. Acting just like an ordinary human being, You exhibit exemplary character to teach others how to behave. There is a touchstone that can be used to examine the quality of gold, but You are like a touchstone that can verify all good qualities. You are worshiped by brāhmaṇas who are the foremost of all devotees. You, the Supreme Person, are the King of kings, and therefore I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.5.43|SB 6.5.43, Translation]]: You have made me lose my sons once, and now you have again done the same inauspicious thing. Therefore you are a rascal who does not know how to behave toward others. You may travel all over the universe, but I curse you to have no residence anywhere.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple but does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikārī.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.14.29|SB 7.14.29, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In many places throughout the world we are constructing communities to give shelter to devotees and worship the Deity in the temple. The Deity cannot be worshiped except by devotees. Temple worshipers who fail to give importance to the devotees are third class. They are kaniṣṭha-adhikārīs in the lower stage of spiritual life. As it is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.47):&lt;br /&gt;
:arcāyām eva haraye&lt;br /&gt;
:pūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate&lt;br /&gt;
:na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu&lt;br /&gt;
:sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple but does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikārī.&amp;quot; Therefore, in the temple there must be the Deity of the Lord, and the Lord should be worshiped by the devotees. This combination of the devotees and the Deity creates a first-class transcendental place.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple but does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikārī.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.14.39|SB 7.14.39, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.47):&lt;br /&gt;
:arcāyām eva haraye&lt;br /&gt;
:pūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate&lt;br /&gt;
:na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu&lt;br /&gt;
:sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple but does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikārī.&amp;quot; A prākṛta devotee, or neophyte devotee, is still on the material platform. He certainly engages in worshiping the Deity, but he cannot appreciate the activities of a pure devotee. It has actually been seen that even an authorized devotee who is engaged in the service of the Lord by preaching the mission of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is sometimes criticized by neophyte devotees. Such neophytes are described by Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura: sarva-prāṇi-sammānanāsamarthānām avajñā spardhādimatāṁ tu bhagavat-pratimaiva pātram ity āha. For those who cannot properly appreciate the activities of authorized devotees, Deity worship is the only way for spiritual advancement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gradually, however, people were influenced by non-Vedic culture, and they lost sight of how to behave in connection with devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 10.89|CC Adi 10.89, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although it is not only in western India that people were contaminated by association with Muslims, it is a fact that the farther west one goes in India the more he will find the people to be fallen from the Vedic culture. Until five thousand years ago, when the entire planet was under the control of Mahārāja Parīkṣit, the Vedic culture was current everywhere. Gradually, however, people were influenced by non-Vedic culture, and they lost sight of how to behave in connection with devotional service. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī very kindly preached the bhakti cult in western India, and following in their footsteps the propagators of the Caitanya cult in the Western countries are spreading the saṅkīrtana movement and inculcating the principles of Vaiṣṇava behavior, thus purifying and reforming many persons who were previously accustomed to the culture of mlecchas and yavanas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lord is very satisfied with you. By pointing you out, He was teaching His personal associates how to behave with mundane people.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 13.187|CC Madhya 13.187, Translation and Purport]]: Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya informed the King, “The Lord is very satisfied with you. By pointing you out, He was teaching His personal associates how to behave with mundane people.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although outwardly the King was a mundane man interested in money and women, internally he was purified by devotional activities. He showed this by engaging as a street sweeper to please Lord Jagannātha. A person may appear to be a pounds-and-shillings man interested in money and women, but if he is actually very meek and humble and surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is not mundane. Such a judgment can be made only by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His very confidential devotees. As a general principle, however, no devotee should intimately mix with mundane people interested in money and women.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Instruction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple, but who does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikāri.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOI 5|Nectar of Instruction 5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should not remain a kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, one who is situated on the lowest platform of devotional service and is interested only in worshiping the Deity in the temple. Such a devotee is described in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.47):&lt;br /&gt;
:arcāyām eva haraye&lt;br /&gt;
:pūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate&lt;br /&gt;
:na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu&lt;br /&gt;
:sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple, but who does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikāri.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He teaches us how to acquire knowledge, how to behave. That is Kṛṣṇa, the purpose of His mission.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.46-62 -- Los Angeles, December 16, 1968|Lecture on BG 2.46-62 -- Los Angeles, December 16, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vīrabhadra: Then my second question was: When Kṛṣṇa came here, did He take a spiritual master too?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vīrabhadra: He did?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. He not only took, accepted spiritual master, but He took all the risk to go into the jungle to bring wood for the spiritual master. Fuel wood. One day it so happened the whole day they were in the forest, and Sudāmā Vipra and He, they both of them were entrapped. There was heavy rain, they could not come out, and the whole night they remained within the forest. So not that because He was Kṛṣṇa, He did not accept any spiritual master or work for him. He took so much risk. He went to the forest. Otherwise who will accept spiritual master if He does not show us the way? He comes to teach us. Yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānir bhavati [Bg. 4.7]. &amp;quot;When there is discrepancies in the discharge of Vedic rules and, abhyutthānam adharmasya, and irreligious principles are too much rampant, then I appear.&amp;quot; That is stated. So He teaches us how to acquire knowledge, how to behave. That is Kṛṣṇa, the purpose of His mission. He does not act any way which will be followed by somebody and he&#039;ll go to hell. No.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Ācāra means one should learn how to behave. That makes a gentleman and a rough person.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 16.6 -- South Africa, October 18, 1975|Lecture on BG 16.6 -- South Africa, October 18, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Nāpi ca ācāraḥ: &amp;quot;They do not know etiquette.&amp;quot; Ācāra. Ācāra means one should learn how to behave. That makes a gentleman and a rough person. Nāpi cācāraḥ. Ācāraḥ means... Ācāryavān puruṣo veda. Ācāraḥ, this is... Ācāraḥ means he learns from the śāstra how we should live, that, preliminary, that you must take bath, you must wash your hands after eating or you must take bath after evacuating. So many things are there. Nitya-karma-vidhi. In the Vedic literature you find all these directions, but now they have given up. Especially Vedic culture was there long, long ago all over the world. But now that is finished. Now in India, also, where little Vedic principles were still glowing, that is now being finished also. Nāpi ca ācāraḥ. They are learning from the Westerns how to remain unclean, how to eat meat, how to drink wine, and so on, so on, so many things.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is the movement, to give them education to understand what is the Absolute Truth, satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi, to teach them how to behave in life, how to become purified in life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 16.7 -- Tokyo, January 27, 1975|Lecture on BG 16.7 -- Tokyo, January 27, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So therefore we are teaching cleanliness. &amp;quot;You rise early in the morning. Take your bath.&amp;quot; He must be clean immediately. He rises early in the morning, evacuating. He takes his bath. Immediately becomes cleansed, śaucam. Sattvaṁ śaucaṁ śamo damas titikṣā. These are the qualification of brāhmaṇa or the suras. But they do not know it. Therefore we are training, &amp;quot;Rise early in the morning. Chant Hare Kṛṣṇa. Have maṅgala-ārati.&amp;quot; This is ācāra. This is ācāra. By practicing this, you can see the distinction between ordinary men or our men. Anyone, practically you will see. In America they are surprised. Although they are Americans, they inquire, &amp;quot;Are you Americans?&amp;quot; Because there, in America, there is no such thing. Any inquisitive person inquires. The priest said that &amp;quot;These boys, they are our boys, and they never came to church to inquire about what is God. Now they are mad after God. What is this?&amp;quot; Because they have become suras by training. By training. So asuras can be turned into suras. There is no difficulty. Provided they abide by the rules and regulation, orders of the spiritual master, they can be suras. Because they do not know... Na śaucaṁ nāpi cācāro na satyaṁ teṣu vidyate. They do not know what is satyam. Satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi [SB 1.1.1]. Therefore we are teaching them Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi, the ultimate truth. They do not know what is satyam. This is the movement, to give them education to understand what is the Absolute Truth, satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi, to teach them how to behave in life, how to become purified in life. This is very scientific movement. If anyone wants actually to become sura, the perfect man, they must join this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Then his life will be successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is trying to purify the people in general to the brāhmaṇa stage. Then they&#039;ll be able to understand. Otherwise, na śaucaṁ nāpi cācāraḥ [Bg. 16.7]. If he&#039;s not clean, he does not know how to behave, it is difficult.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 16.7 -- Hawaii, February 3, 1975|Lecture on BG 16.7 -- Hawaii, February 3, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is trying to purify the people in general to the brāhmaṇa stage. Then they&#039;ll be... you&#039;ll be able to understand. Otherwise, na śaucaṁ nāpi cācāraḥ [Bg. 16.7]. If he&#039;s not clean, if he has..., he does not know how to behave, it is difficult. But Caitanya Mahāprabhu is still more kind that &amp;quot;Never mind whatever you are. Chant Hare Kṛṣṇa and you become purified.&amp;quot; This is Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s movement. It doesn&#039;t matter whether what you are. Chant Hare Kṛṣṇa and you&#039;ll be purified. Then you&#039;ll understand everything, what is God, what you are, what is your relation. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They do not know how to behave also.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 16.8 -- Hawaii, February 4, 1975|Lecture on BG 16.8 -- Hawaii, February 4, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nitāi: &amp;quot;They say that this world is unreal, that there is no foundation and that there is no God in control. It is produced of sex desire and has no cause other than lust.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda:&lt;br /&gt;
:asatyam apratiṣṭhaṁ te&lt;br /&gt;
:jagad āhur anīśvaram&lt;br /&gt;
:aparaspara-sambhūtaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:kim anyat kāma-haitukam&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 16.8]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the verdict of the asuras. We have discussed the characteristics of asuras for the last two days. Now, gradually, Kṛṣṇa is explaining the demonic characteristic. He has explained the divine characteristic extensively before this. Now He is explaining what are the demonic characteristics. So, nāpi cācāraḥ. They even do not know how to live nicely. That verse we have already discussed last night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca&lt;br /&gt;
:janā na vidur āsurāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:na śaucaṁ nāpi cācāro&lt;br /&gt;
:na satyaṁ teṣu vidyate&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 16.7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravṛtti and nivṛtti means which one, which path, we shall take and which path we shall reject. That they do not know. Na śaucam, not cleanliness. Even ordinary things, cleanliness, that is very hygienic. That also they do not know. Na śaucaṁ nāpi cācāraḥ. They do not know how to behave also. Na satyam. And no truthfulness is there. This verse we have already discussed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You do not know how to behave; you have injured Me. It doesn&#039;t matter. Please chant.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.3 -- Vrndavana, October 25, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.3 -- Vrndavana, October 25, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prasannātmā. Praśāntā. Prakistho rūpeṇa santaḥ. Preaching is not very, I mean to say, pleasant. They have to meet so many difficulties. Still they are peaceful, not disturbed. Praśāntā. Not that... Just like Nityānanda Prabhu went to preach amongst Jagāi-Mādhāi. And Jagāi-Mādhāi injured. &amp;quot;Why, You rascal, You have come here to disturb us?&amp;quot; And threw the piece of earthen pot, and Nityānanda Prabhu was injured. Still praśāntā. This is sādhu. Yes. &amp;quot;My dear Jagāi-Mādhāi, you have injured Me. It doesn&#039;t matter. Chant Hare Kṛṣṇa please.&amp;quot; This is praśāntā. He&#039;s not disturbed: &amp;quot;Oh, you have injured Me. I shall go to the police.&amp;quot; No. Peaceful. &amp;quot;All right, never mind. You do not know how to behave; you have injured Me. It doesn&#039;t matter. Please chant.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When He was asked by a gṛhastha devotee how to behave like a Vaiṣṇava, what is the behavior of a Vaiṣṇava, He immediately answered that the standard Vaisnavism is asat-saṅga-tyāga,—ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.28 -- Vrndavana, November 15, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.28 -- Vrndavana, November 15, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So how to deal with devotee? Maitrī: to make friendship with him. Īśvare prema. And to the devotees, friendship; not with others, friendship. Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised. When He was asked by a gṛhastha devotee how to behave like a Vaiṣṇava, what is the behavior of a Vaiṣṇava, He immediately answered that the standard Vaisnavism is asat-saṅga-tyāga,—ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra: [Cc. Madhya 22.87] &amp;quot;He must give up the company of asat, nondevotees.&amp;quot; Asato mā sad gamaḥ. Don&#039;t associate with nondevotee. If you want to make progress, don&#039;t associate. Associate does not mean to talk with a nondevotee is association. No. That we have to do. As gentlemen, as devotee, we can. But not intimately.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By God consciousness or Kṛṣṇa consciousness you understand God—how to behave with Him; what is your relationship with God—then you become perfect and you go  to the kingdom of God and live there eternally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Blaise Pascal|Philosophy Discussion on Blaise Pascal]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are trying by scientific method how to live more than hundred years or (indistinct), but the tree is living for ten thousands of years. Does it mean this is perfection of life, to live long? That is not perfection of life. So in this way, analyze all other living condition. When you come to God consciousness, that living condition is perfect, because by God consciousness or Kṛṣṇa consciousness you understand God—how to behave with Him; what is your relationship with God—then you become perfect and you go  to the kingdom of God and live there eternally.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Māyāvādī philosophy, they do not accept the form of the Lord. And they do not know how to behave with the form.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 12, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 12, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Tenth Canto is described as the face of Kṛṣṇa. So you cannot go immediately to the head. You must begin from the feet. First Canto, Second Canto. Therefore there are nine cantos, and then Tenth Canto. And the Kṛṣṇa&#039;s rasa dance, that is the smiling of Kṛṣṇa. So you cannot ask the superior to take the facility of his smiling. Smiling will be when he is pleased. The difficulty is that the Māyāvādī philosophy, they do not accept the form of the Lord. And they do not know how to behave with the form. Of course, there is no difference between Kṛṣṇa&#039;s face and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s feet. There is no difference. But still, the system must be followed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;That they do not know how to behave, nāpi cācāraḥ. Na satyaṁ teṣu vidyate, neither they know what is the actual truth.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- January 27, 1975, Tokyo|Room Conversation -- January 27, 1975, Tokyo]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of Kṛṣṇa is working. Just like you want to paint one nice flower, so you have to take the brush and the color and you have to endeavor. Not that automatically coming, this beautiful flower. So how do you think this beautiful flower has come automatically? This is foolishness. There is also the brush, the paint, but it is so perfect that just like you cannot see how the other typewriter is striking. You cannot say it is automatically striking. There is arrangement. But this arrangement you do not understand. Therefore you are foolish, you are thinking that this typewriter is striking automatically. It is not automatically. Here the other typewriter it is stroken and there is electric arrangement and it is striking. So you have to understand like... That is sura. And asura, they will say, &amp;quot;No, there is no God. It is taking automatically, it is going on,&amp;quot; This is foolishness. The asura means foolish, first-class foolish, that&#039;s all. Why it has become so? That is explained here. That they do not know how to behave, nāpi cācāraḥ. Na satyaṁ teṣu vidyate, neither they know what is the actual truth. They are defective themself and they are explaining in the defective way that so many rascal chemists they say that the chemical evolution is the cause of life. What is this nonsense?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But if one has no knowledge how to behave with other living entities, what is the meaning of becoming a philosopher?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Carol Cameron -- May 9, 1975, Perth|Room Conversation with Carol Cameron -- May 9, 1975, Perth]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gaṇeśa: Śrīla Prabhupāda said that you could not understand the simple instruction, so where is the question of understanding philosophy? Not love. Philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You have no love, because you are accustomed to kill. Philosophy begins when you know that everyone is part and parcel of God, and everyone should be given the full facilities to live without injuring anyone for one&#039;s personal benefit. Paṇḍitaḥ sama-darśinaḥ [Bg. 5.18]. A paṇḍita, philosopher, means learned scholar. Not fools and rascals can become philosopher. Those who are learned scholar, thoughtful, they can become philosopher. But if one has no knowledge how to behave with other living entities, what is the meaning of becoming a philosopher?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You are both very sincere servitors to the cause of Krishna, and Krishna will give you necessary intelligence how to behave with one another.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Seattle 28 September, 1968|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Seattle 28 September, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding yourself and Jadurani: You are both very sincere servitors to the cause of Krishna, and Krishna will give you necessary intelligence how to behave with one another. I am glad to learn that the girls under the guidance of Jadurani are doing nice painting work, and I am very much inclined to have many many Sankirtana pictures painted like the one which was in your Boston temple, on the wall, while I was there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;From the very beginning of childhood one should learn how to behave and practice Krsna consciousness, because this human form of life is very rare.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dayananda -- Bombay 16 October, 1973|Letter to Dayananda -- Bombay 16 October, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:kaumara acaret prajno dharman bhagavatan iha&lt;br /&gt;
:durlabham manusam janma tad apy adhruvam arthadam&lt;br /&gt;
:[SB 7.6.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;From the very beginning of childhood one should learn how to behave and practice Krsna consciousness, because this human form of life is very rare. . Although it is also perishable, it can give us the greatest boon; therefore we shall utilize this body from the very beginning of life.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Special_protection&amp;diff=92111</id>
		<title>Special protection</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Special_protection&amp;diff=92111"/>
		<updated>2009-08-02T09:35:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;special protection&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|03Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|02Aug09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=6|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=10|Con=2|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|21}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:special]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Protection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The king would give special protection to illiterates, the helpless and widows of the state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.9.27|SB 1.9.27, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The king was especially vigilant to see that the tapasvīs, or persons who sacrificed everything for disseminating spiritual knowledge, were never disregarded. The king knew well that the Supreme Personality of Godhead never tolerates any insult to His unalloyed devotees. Such tapasvīs were trusted leaders even of the rogues and thieves, who would never disobey the orders of tapasvīs. The king would give special protection to illiterates, the helpless and widows of the state. Defense measures were arranged previous to any attack by the enemies. The taxing process was easy, and it was not meant for squandering, but was for strengthening the reserve fund. The soldiers were recruited from all parts of the world, and they were trained for special duties.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mahātmā Vidura was always alert in giving special protection to the Pāṇḍavas.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.13.8|SB 1.13.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Mahātmā Vidura could follow this intrigue of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and company, and therefore, even though he was a faithful servitor of his eldest brother, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, he did not like his political ambition for the sake of his own sons. He was therefore very careful about the protection of the Pāṇḍavas and their widow mother. Thus he was, so to speak, partial to the Pāṇḍavas, preferring them to the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, although both of them were equally affectionate in his ordinary eyes. He was equally affectionate to both the camps of nephews in the sense that he always chastised Duryodhana for his intriguing policy against his cousins. He always criticized his elder brother for his policy of encouragement to his sons, and at the same time he was always alert in giving special protection to the Pāṇḍavas. All these different activities of Vidura within the palace politics made him well-known as partial to the Pāṇḍavas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Beef is forbidden in the scriptures, and the bulls and cows are offered special protection by followers of the Vedas.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.16.20|SB 1.16.20, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The meat-eaters are generally called mlecchas. But all meat-eaters are not mlecchas. Those who accept meat in terms of scriptural injunctions are not mlecchas, but those who accept meat without restriction are called mlecchas. Beef is forbidden in the scriptures, and the bulls and cows are offered special protection by followers of the Vedas. But in this age of Kali, people will exploit the body of the bull and the cow as they like, and thus they will invite sufferings of various types.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lord is so kind that he gives all protection to the family members of His devotee.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.19.35|SB 1.19.35, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Lord gives special protection to the family members and descendants of a devotee, even though such members are themselves nondevotees! Mahārāja Prahlāda was a great devotee of the Lord, but his father, Hiraṇyakaśipu, was a great atheist and declared enemy of the Lord. But despite all this, Hiraṇyakaśipu was awarded salvation due to his being the father of Mahārāja Prahlāda. The Lord is so kind that he gives all protection to the family members of His devotee, and thus the devotee has no need to bother about his family members, even if one leaves such family members aside to discharge devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Of all classes of men, the brāhmaṇas and the Vaiṣṇavas should be given special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.16.23|SB 3.16.23, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is also affirmed herein that the brāhmaṇas are the best of the twice-born. Brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas are all twice-born, but the brāhmaṇas are the best. When there is a fight between two persons, each of them protects the upper part of his body—the head, the arms and the belly. Similarly, for the actual advancement of human civilization, the best part of the social body, namely the brāhmaṇas, the kṣatriyas and vaiśyas (the intelligent class of men, the military class and the mercantile men) should be given special protection. Protection of the laborers should not be neglected, but special protection should be given to the upper orders. Of all classes of men, the brāhmaṇas and the Vaiṣṇavas should be given special protection. They should be worshiped. When their protection is performed, it is just like worshiping God. That is not exactly protection; it is a duty. One should worship the brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas by offering them all kinds of endowments and sweet words, and if one has no means to offer anything, he must at least use sweet words to pacify them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who is interested in his own salvation is not as advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness as one who feels compassion for others and who therefore propagates the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Such an advanced devotee will never fall down, for Kṛṣṇa will give him special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.2.36-37|SB 6.2.36-37, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A Kṛṣṇa conscious person should free himself from the clutches of māyā, and he should also be compassionate to all others suffering in those clutches. The activities of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement are meant not only for oneself but for others also. This is the perfection of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One who is interested in his own salvation is not as advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness as one who feels compassion for others and who therefore propagates the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Such an advanced devotee will never fall down, for Kṛṣṇa will give him special protection. That is the sum and substance of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As the Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are equal to everyone, and everyone can take advantage of Your special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 58|Krsna Book 58]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We may be put into various types of dangerous conditions by our family members, the Kurus, but I am confident that You remember us and always keep us safe and sound. Even ordinary devotees who simply think of You are always immune to all kinds of material danger, and what to speak of ourselves, who are personally remembered by You. So, my dear Kṛṣṇa, there is no question of bad luck; we are always in an auspicious position because of Your grace. But although You have bestowed a special favor on us, people should not mistakenly think that You are partial to some and inattentive to others. You make no such distinction. No one is Your favorite and no one is Your enemy. As the Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are equal to everyone, and everyone can take advantage of Your special protection. The fact is that although You are equal to everyone, You are especially inclined to the devotees who always think of You. The devotees are related to You by ties of love. As such, they cannot forget You even for a moment. You are present in everyone’s heart, but because the devotees always remember You, You respond accordingly.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Although Kṛṣṇa&#039;s neutral, still, the person who is devotee, who&#039;s always thinking of Kṛṣṇa, there is a special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.6-8 -- New York, July 20, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.6-8 -- New York, July 20, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord cannot tolerate any insult, or any, I mean to say, misbehave to a sādhu. Although sādhu, they do not, I mean to say, mind if they are insulted, they do not mind, but the Lord will never tolerate if a sādhu is... Just like a small boy, your child, if somebody slaps him in the street... That boy may excuse, &amp;quot;Oh, all right,&amp;quot; but his father and mother will never tolerate. &amp;quot;Why you have slapped my son?&amp;quot; That is the nature. Similarly, the sādhu, who is a great devotee of the Lord, they might be tolerant. You can crucify him, can do any misbehavior to him. He&#039;s never angry. But God will never tolerate. We must always remember that. He has got special protection, special vision, on the sādhu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll find in the Bhagavad-gītā that, that... Samo &#039;haṁ sarva... Samo &#039;haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu na me dveṣyo &#039;sti na priyaḥ [Bg. 9.29]. The Lord says, &amp;quot;I am equal to everyone.&amp;quot; Otherwise, how He can be God. He is equal to everyone. Yes. &amp;quot;I am equal to everyone. Nobody&#039;s My enemy and nobody&#039;s My friend.&amp;quot; Samo &#039;haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu na me dveṣyo &#039;sti na priyaḥ: &amp;quot;Nobody&#039;s My enemy. Nobody&#039;s My friend. I am equal to everyone.&amp;quot; But ye tu bhajanti māṁ bhaktyā teṣu te mayi: &amp;quot;But anyone who is devoted to Me, oh, I have got particular attention for him.&amp;quot; Although He&#039;s neutral, still, the person who is devotee, who&#039;s always thinking of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, oh, there is a special protection, special. Therefore Lord Kṛṣṇa declares... You&#039;ll find in the Bhagavad-gītā, kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati: [Bg. 9.31] &amp;quot;My dear Kaunteya, Arjuna, you can declare it in the, to the world that My devotee will be never vanquished, never be vanquished.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But He gives special protection to the sādhu, to the devotees.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.8 -- Bombay, March 28, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.8 -- Bombay, March 28, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Kṛṣṇa also is always anxious to give them protection. Just like a child is adherent to the parents. He does not know anything else except his father, mother. Similarly, the parents are also very much anxious to give protection to the child. This is reciprocal. If you depend on Kṛṣṇa fully and simply engage yourself in His service, then you are sādhu. And Kṛṣṇa is always very much anxious to give you protection. Kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. This is natural. You can say, &amp;quot;Why Kṛṣṇa is so partial to the sādhus?&amp;quot; No. He gives protection to everyone. Without His protection nobody can live. That&#039;s a fact. But He gives special protection to the sādhu, to the devotees. That is natural. Samo &#039;haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu na me dveṣyo &#039;sti na priyaḥ [Bg. 9.29]. Kṛṣṇa says, &amp;quot;I am equal to everyone.&amp;quot; Unless He is equal to everyone, how He can be the Supreme Lord? He is equal. Ye tu bhajanti māṁ bhaktyā teṣu te mayi. &amp;quot;But one who is engaged in love and affection in My service, I am especially attentive to him.&amp;quot; That is not partiality. That is His special prerogative.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When you fully surrender, the whole charge is to Kṛṣṇa. That is special. That is special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.16-24 -- Los Angeles, February 17, 1969|Lecture on BG 6.16-24 -- Los Angeles, February 17, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Even in your rebellious condition Kṛṣṇa is giving you protection. Without Kṛṣṇa&#039;s protection you cannot live even for a second. He&#039;s so kind. But when you admit it, when you recognize it, then you become happy. Now Kṛṣṇa is giving you protection but you do not know it because you have taken your life at your own risk. Therefore He has given you freedom, &amp;quot;All right, do whatever you like. As far as possible I will give you protection.&amp;quot; But when you fully surrender, the whole charge is to Kṛṣṇa. That is special. That is special protection. Just like a father. The child who has grown up doesn&#039;t care for the father, he&#039;s acting freely. What the father can do? &amp;quot;All right, do whatever you like.&amp;quot; But the child who is fully under the protection of the father, he takes more care.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He is giving protection everyone but a protection general, and protection special, for the devotee special protection. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- New Vrindaban, September 5, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- New Vrindaban, September 5, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like we are powerful human being, we are killing so many animals because they are weak. Otherwise it is not possible that you can live at the expense of poor animals, because they are weak. So similarly, in God&#039;s relationship, there is no such thing that if you remain subservient to God, He will kill you. No, He will protect you. He is protecting everyone but if you become obedient devotee of God, there is special protection. Kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. Kṛṣṇa declares in the Bhagavad-gītā, &amp;quot;My devotee will be never be vanquished.&amp;quot; He&#039;ll give protection. He is giving protection everyone but a protection general, and protection special, for the devotee special protection. Just like a very nice gentleman, he loves everyone but he gives special protection to his own children.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But if one becomes a devotee, He gives special protection. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.17 -- Vrndavana, October 28, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.17 -- Vrndavana, October 28, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; He is very intimate friend of the sādhus, of the devotees. He is everyone&#039;s friend. Suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānām [Bg. 5.29]. He&#039;s everyone&#039;s friend. God, Kṛṣṇa, He&#039;s everyone&#039;s friend, but He&#039;s a special friend for the devotees. That is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā. He says,&lt;br /&gt;
:samo &#039;haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu&lt;br /&gt;
:na me dveṣyo &#039;sti na priyaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā&lt;br /&gt;
:mayi te teṣu cāpy aham&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 9.29]&lt;br /&gt;
Priyaḥ teṣu te mayi: because He&#039;s God, He&#039;s kind to everyone; without His kindness, we cannot live for a moment. That is a fact. But if one becomes a devotee, He gives special protection. Kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. So therefore this human form of life is a special prerogative for the living entity, and if we take advantage of it and simply try to hear about Kṛṣṇa, then our life is successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But those who are devotees, engaged twenty-four hours, I give them special protection. I give them special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.3.28 -- Los Angeles, October 3, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.3.28 -- Los Angeles, October 3, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So we may be harassed for the time being, but Kṛṣṇa will save. This is śaraṇāgati. Avaśya rakhibe kṛṣṇa viśvāsa pālana. The śaraṇāgati means, surrender means that &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa will save me. I, I&#039;ll not do anything against the devotional service. Even there is torture...&amp;quot; Just like Prahlāda Mahārāja. He was tortured by his father. He had... Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mother was tortured by his brother. Not outsider. So the demons are so rascal, they don&#039;t care for son, sister, mother. No. &amp;quot;As soon as it is against my personal sense gratification, I must finish this.&amp;quot; But be sure that Kṛṣṇa will save. We have got so many instances. As Prahlāda Mahārāja was saved by Hiraṇyaka..., by Narasiṁhadeva from the hands of his father, Hiraṇyakaśipu; Devakī was saved, Vasudeva was saved from the hands of Kaṁsa; so you will be also saved. Because there is promise in the Bhagavad-gītā: kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. Kṛṣṇa says, &amp;quot;Make it a declaration throughout the whole world that anyone who is My devotee, he&#039;ll never be annihilated. He&#039;ll be protected. I&#039;ll give him protection.&amp;quot; Samo &#039;haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu. Samo &#039;haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu na me dveṣyo &#039;sti na priyaḥ [Bg. 9.29]. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā that &amp;quot;I am equal to everyone. Nobody is My enemy, nobody is My friend.&amp;quot; Ye tu bhajanti māṁ prītyā. &amp;quot;But those who are devotees, engaged twenty-four hours, I give them special protection. I give them special protection.&amp;quot; So the demons will be there, and they will always give trouble to the demigods, or the devotees, but you don&#039;t stop your function, devotional service. Don&#039;t be afraid of the demons. Indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ mṛḍayanti. This mṛḍayanti means &amp;quot;giving protection&amp;quot; Yes. Give protection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One is directly engaged in the governor&#039;s or the president&#039;s service, so when he is in some difficulty, he has got special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.37 -- Los Angeles, April 29, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.8.37 -- Los Angeles, April 29, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So these things, these are the symptoms of really Kṛṣṇa conscious person, that one should think always in danger without Kṛṣṇa. This is the first step. And by taking shelter of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s lotus feet, one should always feel safe. Now I am under the protection. Kṛṣṇa says, kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. It is a fact. If you become a pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa, there is no question of danger. Praṇaśyati. Kṛṣṇa gives protection to everyone. Without His protection, nobody can live even for a single moment. That&#039;s a fact. So if you think that &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is giving protection to everyone; then what is the use of becoming a special devotee?&amp;quot; No, there is use. Just like the king gives protection to everyone, every one of the citizens. That is his duty. But he has got special protection for his own men. This is the distinction. This is not unnatural. One is directly engaged in the governor&#039;s or the president&#039;s service, so when he is in some difficulty, he has got special protection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unless Kṛṣṇa gives His special protection to Arjuna, there is no escape.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.46 -- Los Angeles, May 8, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.8.46 -- Los Angeles, May 8, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Duryodhana went to, er, Arjuna went to Duryodhana in the camp. Duryodhana received him well: &amp;quot;Come on, brother. What do you want?&amp;quot; He thought that &amp;quot;We are fighting. Arjuna has come to beg the kingdom without fighting.&amp;quot; So they were so liberal. He said, &amp;quot;Yes, come in. If you want the kingdom without fighting, I am prepared.&amp;quot; But a kṣatriya will never beg, &amp;quot;Give me, sir, without...&amp;quot; No. If they can own by fighting, then they will claim. This is kṣatriya spirit. So he said that &amp;quot;No, I have not come to beg the kingdom. We shall fight, go on fighting. But I want those five arrows you have kept.&amp;quot; Oh, immediately he delivered. Although he was very cautious that these five arrows may not be missing, but promise is promise. Immediately he delivered. So Bhīṣma understood later on that the five arrows were taken by Arjuna by trick. So still, he promised that &amp;quot;Even without those five weapons, today I shall kill Arjuna. Unless Kṛṣṇa gives His special protection to Arjuna, there is no escape. Either Kṛṣṇa has to break His promise, otherwise His friend will be killed.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to Vedic civilization, special protection be given for children, brāhmaṇas, women, and saintly persons, brāhmaṇa comes (under) saintly person and cows.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.49 -- Mayapura, October 29, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.49 -- Mayapura, October 29, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So according to Vedic civilization, special protection for children, brāhmaṇas, women, and saintly persons, brāhmaṇa comes (under) saintly person, special... And cow. Special protection. Bāla-dvija-suhṛn-mitra. Others, next, just like we chant the mantra: namo brahmaṇya-devāya go-brāhmaṇa-hitāya ca. The first reference is given to the cows and the brāhmaṇas. Why not others? There are so many animals, so many human beings. Why? Go-brāhmaṇa-hitā&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The special protection, brāhmaṇas and cow.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.1-2 -- London (Tittenhurst), September 13, 1969|Lecture on SB 5.5.1-2 -- London (Tittenhurst), September 13, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So if we human beings, if we forget even ordinary mercy, compassion and gratefulness, then what is that human life? And then from national point of view... National means one who is born in this land. The cow is also born in this land. So why the man should be given protection, not the cow? But according to Vedic civilization you see. You have read in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, I explained. Oh, one man was going to kill one cow. Immediately Mahārāja Parīkṣit took his sword, &amp;quot;Oh, you are trying to kill cow in my kingdom? I shall immediately kill you.&amp;quot; The special protection, brāhmaṇas and cow.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to Vedic civilization the cow is to be given special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation with Professors -- June 24, 1975, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation with Professors -- June 24, 1975, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
According to Vedic civilization the cow is to be given special protection. Why it is recommended for the cow? It does not say of other animal. When animal killing is required according to Vedic civilization, those who are meat-eaters, they are allowed to kill some insignificant animal like deer, goat, pigs. It is for the animal eaters, not for all. But if one is bent upon... And there are persons, they want meat-eating. So for them these unimportant animals are recommended. But cow is very important animal. You get from its milk so many nutritious food. So apart from religious sentiment, from economic point of view, cow-killing is not good. And from moral point of view it is not good because you drink cow&#039;s milk, so cow is your mother.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He&#039;s giving protection to everyone. And if he is a devotee, a special protection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- February 2, 1977, Bhuvanesvara|Morning Walk -- February 2, 1977, Bhuvanesvara]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
And in Vedic civilization, animal is being attempted to be killed—&amp;quot;Oh! Who are you?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Kali-yuga.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Get out!&amp;quot; This is rāja, king. And there is nobody to protest. So many animals are being killed. This is Kali-yuga. Why? &amp;quot;They are my subject. You cannot touch.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa is embracing gopīs and the calves also, not that He has selected only gopīs to be embraced. Sarva-yoniṣu kaunteya [Bg. 14.4]. &amp;quot;Anyone who loves Me... Loves or not, I am protecting.&amp;quot; Eko yo bahūnāṁ vidadhāti kāmān. He&#039;s giving protection to everyone. And if he is a devotee, a special protection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Police must give us special protection on account of threatening.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa, Brahmananda -- Hamburg 4 September, 1969|Letter to Satsvarupa, Brahmananda -- Hamburg 4 September, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By the telegram, I understand that by Krishna&#039;s Grace it appears to be settled up, and you can continue your proceeding, chanting always Hare Krishna. He will always give us protection. I am very anxious to know about Uddhava&#039;s condition of health. May Krishna protect you all.&lt;br /&gt;
Your ever well-wisher,&lt;br /&gt;
A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami&lt;br /&gt;
P.S. Police must give us special protection on account of threatening.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If one is always careful about falling down and prays to Krishna that he may not fall down on account of greater strength of Maya, then Krishna will give him special protection. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gargamuni -- Tittenhurst 29 October, 1969|Letter to Gargamuni -- Tittenhurst 29 October, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your business and spiritual practices, I give you special permission as follows: You find out of 24 hours at least one hour conveniently for chanting Hare Krishna with great attention, either by the Deities or any place, without being disturbed by anyone else. So you have 23 hours for other things. Now these 23 hours, whatever you do in them, either eating or working or sleeping, you always try to think of Krishna. That will keep you intact of Krishna Consciousness. If one is always careful about falling down and prays to Krishna that he may not fall down on account of greater strength of Maya, then Krishna will give him special protection. This was advised to Arjuna by Krishna Himself.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Only_means_of_deliverance&amp;diff=91238</id>
		<title>Only means of deliverance</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Only_means_of_deliverance&amp;diff=91238"/>
		<updated>2009-07-26T13:49:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* Renunciation Through Wisdom */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;only means of deliverance&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Jai| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=8|CC=4|OB=2|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Only]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means of]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Deliverance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 6.11-12|BG 6.11-12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One who is not self-controlled and whose mind is not undisturbed cannot practice meditation. Therefore, in the Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa it is said that in Kali-yuga (the present yuga, or age), when people in general are short-lived, slow in spiritual realization and always disturbed by various anxieties, the best means of spiritual realization is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.1.21|SB 6.1.21, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bhakti-yoga begins with śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ [SB 7.5.23], hearing and chanting of Lord Viṣṇu&#039;s names, as in the mahā-mantra—Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. Chanting is the beginning of bhakti-yoga. Therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu declares:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; The process of chanting the holy name of the Lord is always superbly effective, but it is especially effective in this age of Kali.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.3.24|SB 6.3.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Even if in the beginning one chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra with offenses, one will become free from such offenses by chanting again and again. Pāpa-kṣayaś ca bhavati smaratāṁ tam ahar-niśam: one becomes free from all sinful reactions if one chants day and night, following the recommendation of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. It was Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu who quoted the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; If the members of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement strictly follow this recommendation of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, their position will always be secure.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.16.44|SB 6.16.44, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As stated in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (9.5.16), yan-nāma-śruti-mātreṇa pumān bhavati nirmalaḥ: simply by hearing the holy name of the Lord, one is immediately purified. Therefore, in this age of Kali, when all people are very contaminated, the chanting of the holy name of the Lord is recommended as the only means of improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; (Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa) Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu introduced this chanting of the holy name five hundred years ago, and now through the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement, we are actually seeing that men who are considered to belong to the lowest class are being delivered from all sinful activities simply by hearing the holy name of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting of the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.5.23-24|SB 7.5.23-24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is understood from the authoritative source of Vedic literature that especially in this age, Kali-yuga, people are generally short-living, extremely bad in their habits, and inclined to accept methods of devotional service that are not bona fide. Moreover, they are always disturbed by material conditions, and they are mostly unfortunate. Under the circumstances, the performance of other processes, such as yajña, dāna, tapaḥ and kriyā—sacrifices, charity and so on—are not at all possible. Therefore it is recommended:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting of the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; Simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord, one advances perfectly in spiritual life. This is the best process for success in life. In other ages, the chanting of the holy name is equally powerful, but especially in this age, Kali-yuga, it is most powerful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.6.12|SB 8.6.12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life, whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion, engage themselves in My service with determination.&amp;quot; The majority of people in this age of Kali are sinful, short-living, unfortunate and disturbed (mandāḥ sumanda-matayo manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ [SB 1.1.10]). For them, Caitanya Mahāprabhu has advised:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.6.15|SB 8.6.15, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In Kali-yuga, we are all in a very difficult position, in which we need a suitable mantra that can deliver us from the dangers of this age. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His incarnation as Lord Caitanya, gives us the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; In His Śikṣāṣṭaka, Lord Caitanya says, paraṁ vijayate śrī-kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtanam: &amp;quot;All glories to the chanting of śrī-kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana!&amp;quot; The mahā-mantra—Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare—is directly chanted by the Lord Himself, who gives us this mantra for deliverance.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.23.16|SB 8.23.16, Translation and Purport]]: There may be discrepancies in pronouncing the mantras and observing the regulative principles, and, moreover, there may be discrepancies in regard to time, place, person and paraphernalia. But when Your Lordship&#039;s holy name is chanted, everything becomes faultless.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has recommended:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; (Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa 38.126) In this age of Kali, it is extremely difficult to perform Vedic ritualistic ceremonies or sacrifices perfectly. Hardly anyone can chant the Vedic mantras with perfect pronunciation or accumulate the paraphernalia for Vedic performances. Therefore the sacrifice recommended in this age is saṅkīrtana, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.2.34|SB 10.2.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The modern activities of human society are described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam as the activities of go-khara, cows and asses (sa eva go-kharaḥ [SB 10.84.13]). Everyone is acting in a bodily concept of life involving society, friendship and love for the improvement of economic and political conditions, and thus all activities are enacted in ignorance. The Supreme Personality therefore comes to teach us how to act according to the Vedic principles. In this age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and preached that in this age the Vedic activities cannot be systematically performed because people are so fallen. He gave this recommendation from the śāstras:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot; The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is therefore teaching people all over the world how to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, and this has proved very much effective in all places at all times.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.71|CC Adi 7.71, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The śāstras strongly recommend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.” People in general in Kali-yuga are so fallen that it is not possible for them to obtain perfection simply by studying the Vedānta-sūtra. One should therefore seriously take to the constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.120|CC Adi 7.120, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Unfortunately, the Māyāvāda philosophy, misguiding people by claiming the living entity to be the Lord, has created havoc throughout the entire world and led almost everyone to godlessness. By thus covering the glories of the Supreme Lord, the Māyāvādī philosophers have done the greatest disservice to human society. It is to counteract these most abominable activities of the Māyāvādī philosophers that Lord Caitanya has introduced the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.” People should simply engage in the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, for thus they will gradually come to understand that they are not the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as they have been taught by the Māyāvādī philosophers, but are eternal servants of the Lord. As soon as one engages himself in the transcendental service of the Lord, he becomes free.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 6.242|CC Madhya 6.242, Translation and Purport]]: “‘In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.’”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the people of this age are so fallen, they can simply chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. In this way they can rid themselves of the bodily conception of life and become eligible to engage in the Lord’s devotional service. One cannot engage in the devotional service of the Lord without being purified of all contamination.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 16.186|CC Madhya 16.186, Translation and Purport]]: “‘To say nothing of the spiritual advancement of persons who see the Supreme Person face to face, even a person born in a family of dog-eaters becomes immediately eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices if he once utters the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or chants about Him, hears about His pastimes, offers Him obeisances or even remembers Him.’”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.33.6). According to this verse, it does not matter what position a person holds. One may be the lowest of the low—a caṇḍāla, or dog-eater—but if he takes to chanting and hearing the holy name of the Lord, he is immediately eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices. This is especially true in this Age of Kali.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
:(Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa 38.126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 18|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 18]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A student is to be considered perfected when he understands the identity of the holy name and the Supreme Lord. Unless one is under the shelter of a realized spiritual master, his understanding of the Supreme is simply foolishness. However, one can fully understand the transcendental Lord by service and devotion. When Lord Caitanya offenselessly chanted the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, He declared that the mantra could at once deliver a conditioned soul from material contamination. In this age of Kali there is no alternative to chanting this mahā-mantra. It is stated that the essence of all Vedic literature is the chanting of this holy name of Kṛṣṇa: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. Lord Caitanya also told Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, &amp;quot;In order to convince Me about this essential fact of Vedic knowledge, My spiritual master has taught Me a verse from Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa [38.126]. Harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam/ kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā: [Cc. Ādi 17.21] In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 2.6|Renunciation Through Wisdom 2.6]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The point to consider at this juncture is, does anyone in the present age, Kali-yuga, have the means to properly perform such pious activities as fire sacrifices, giving in charity, penances, or austerities? It is universally accepted that the unfortunate people of Kali-yuga are absolutely unable to undertake such extravagances. For this reason Lord Caitanya, the most munificent incarnation of Godhead and the savior of the Kali-yuga, has declared the truth of the following mantra from the Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāma harer nāma&lt;br /&gt;
:harer nāmaiva kevalam&lt;br /&gt;
:kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva&lt;br /&gt;
:nāsty eva gatir anyathā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 17.21]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is chanting the holy name of the Lord, chanting the holy name of the Lord, chanting the holy name of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of Kali the only process for attaining perfection is to hear, chant, and remember the holy name of the Supreme Lord. Numerous quotes from the scriptures substantiate this. All inauspiciousness is destroyed by chanting the all-auspicious name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Disassociate&amp;diff=91231</id>
		<title>Disassociate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Disassociate&amp;diff=91231"/>
		<updated>2009-07-26T13:06:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;disassociate&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;disassociated&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;disassociating&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;disassociation&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|12Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=2|SB=8|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=3|Con=1|Let=4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Associate|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should disassociate himself from persons who are against Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 11.55|BG 11.55, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The term saṅga-varjitaḥ is very significant. One should disassociate himself from persons who are against Kṛṣṇa. Not only are the atheistic persons against Kṛṣṇa, but so also are those who are attracted to fruitive activities and mental speculation. Therefore the pure form of devotional service is described in Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.1.11) as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam&lt;br /&gt;
:ānukūlyena kṛṣṇānu-&lt;br /&gt;
:śīlanaṁ bhaktir uttamā&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Madhya 19.167]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this verse Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī clearly states that if anyone wants to execute unalloyed devotional service, he must be freed from all kinds of material contamination. He must be freed from the association of persons who are addicted to fruitive activities and mental speculation. When, freed from such unwanted association and from the contamination of material desires, one favorably cultivates knowledge of Kṛṣṇa, that is called pure devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should act without attachment for the result; he should be disassociated from the modes of work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 18.9|BG 18.9, Translation and Purport]]: O Arjuna, when one performs his prescribed duty only because it ought to be done, and renounces all material association and all attachment to the fruit, his renunciation is said to be in the mode of goodness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prescribed duties must be performed with this mentality. One should act without attachment for the result; he should be disassociated from the modes of work. A man working in Kṛṣṇa consciousness in a factory does not associate himself with the work of the factory, nor with the workers of the factory. He simply works for Kṛṣṇa. And when he gives up the result for Kṛṣṇa, he is acting transcendentally.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Junior Haridāsa afterwards committed suicide due to being disassociated from the company of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB Introduction|SB Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As an ideal teacher and ācārya, He was very strict in the routine work of a sannyāsī. Apart from being a divine incarnation, the Lord was an ideal character as a human being. His behavior with other persons was also above suspicion. In His dealing as ācārya, He was harder than the thunderbolt and softer than the rose. One of His associates, Junior Haridāsa, committed a great mistake by lustfully glancing at a young woman. The Lord as Supersoul could detect this lust in the mind of Junior Haridāsa, who was at once banished from the Lord&#039;s association and was never accepted again, even though the Lord was implored to excuse Haridāsa for the mistake. Junior Haridāsa afterwards committed suicide due to being disassociated from the company of the Lord, and the news of suicide was duly related to the Lord. Even at that time the Lord was not forgetful of the offense, and He said that Haridāsa had rightly met with the proper punishment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Studying the whole scheme of disassociation from women, it appears that a woman is a stumbling block for self-realization.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.7.6|SB 2.7.6, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The householder who associates with woman under scriptural restrictions, after a thorough training of brahmacarya, cannot be a householder like cats and dogs. Such a householder, after fifty years of age, would retire from the association of woman as a vānaprastha to be trained to live alone without the association of woman. When the practice is complete, the same retired householder becomes a sannyāsī, strictly separate from woman, even from his married wife. Studying the whole scheme of disassociation from women, it appears that a woman is a stumbling block for self-realization, and the Lord appeared as Nārāyaṇa to teach the principle of womanly disassociation with a vow in life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is enjoined in Vedic literature that one should always try to associate with saintly persons and try to disassociate oneself from the common man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.22.5|SB 3.22.5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Caitanya says that one should always try to associate with saintly persons because if one establishes a proper association with a saintly person, even for a moment, one attains all perfection. Somehow or other, if one meets a saintly person and achieves his favor, then the entire mission of one&#039;s human life is fulfilled. In our personal experience we have actual proof of this statement of Manu. Once we had the opportunity to meet Viṣṇupāda Śrī Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja, and on first sight he requested this humble self to preach his message in the Western countries. There was no preparation for this, but somehow or other he desired it, and by his grace we are now engaged in executing his order, which has given us a transcendental occupation and has saved and liberated us from the occupation of material activities. Thus it is actually a fact that if one meets a saintly person completely engaged in transcendental duties and achieves his favor, then one&#039;s life mission becomes complete. What is not possible to achieve in thousands of lives can be achieved in one moment if there is an opportunity to meet a saintly person. It is therefore enjoined in Vedic literature that one should always try to associate with saintly persons and try to disassociate oneself from the common man, because by one word of a saintly person one can be liberated from material entanglement. A saintly person has the power, because of his spiritual advancement, to give immediate liberation to the conditioned soul.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is started to give people a chance to hear and chant, to accept the spiritual master and to disassociate themselves from persons who are materially interested.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.22.23|SB 4.22.23, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The purport is that one cannot live outside the society of devotees; one must live in the association of devotees, where there is constant chanting and hearing of the glories of the Lord. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is started for this purpose, so that hundreds of ISKCON centers may give people a chance to hear and chant, to accept the spiritual master and to disassociate themselves from persons who are materially interested, for in this way one can make solid advancement in going back home, back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement it has been very difficult to disassociate ourselves from women in our society, especially in Western countries.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.6.3|SB 5.6.3, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A gṛhastha, vānaprastha, sannyāsī and brahmacārī should be very careful when associating with women. One is forbidden to sit down in a solitary place even with one&#039;s mother, sister or daughter. In our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement it has been very difficult to disassociate ourselves from women in our society, especially in Western countries. We are therefore sometimes criticized, but nonetheless we are trying to give everyone a chance to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and thus advance spiritually. If we stick to the principle of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra offenselessly, then, by the grace of Śrīla Haridāsa Ṭhākura, we may be saved from the allurement of women. However, if we are not very strict in chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, we may at any time fall victim to women.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The brāhmaṇa Jaḍa Bharata became very kind to King Rahūgaṇa, and to disassociate him from the material world, he spoke figuratively of the forest of the material world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.13 Summary|SB 5.13 Summary]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The brāhmaṇa Jaḍa Bharata became very kind to King Rahūgaṇa, and to disassociate him from the material world, he spoke figuratively of the forest of the material world. He explained that this material world is like a great forest in which one becomes entangled due to association with material life. In this forest there are plunderers (the six senses) as well as carnivorous animals like jackals, wolves and lions (wife, children and other relatives) who are always anxious to suck the blood from the head of the family. The forest plunderers and the carnivorous blood-sucking animals combine to exploit the energy of a man within this material world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The best policy is to disassociate oneself from the three modes of material nature and be always transcendental to their contamination.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.1.46|SB 6.1.46, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The actions and reactions of the three modes of material nature are visible in this life. For example, some people are very happy, some are very distressed, and some are in mixed happiness and distress. This is the result of past association with the modes of material nature—goodness, passion and ignorance. Since these varieties are visible in this life, we may assume that the living entities, according to their association with the different modes of material nature, will be happy, distressed or between the two in their next lives also. Therefore the best policy is to disassociate oneself from the three modes of material nature and be always transcendental to their contamination. This is possible only when one fully engages in the devotional service of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By following the principles of the Krsna consciousness movement, one becomes disassociated from material mental concoctions and is established on the original platform of the eternal relationship between the living entity and the Supreme Personality of Godhead as servant and master. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.1.42|SB 10.1.42, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When the senses are purified and engaged in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s service, one achieves the highest perfection. Hṛṣīkeṇa hṛṣīkeśa-sevanaṁ bhaktir ucyate [Cc. Madhya 19.170]. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is a movement of bhakti-yoga. Vairāgya-vidyā-nija-bhakti-yoga [Cc. Madhya 6.254]. By following the principles of this movement, one becomes disassociated from material mental concoctions and is established on the original platform of the eternal relationship between the living entity and the Supreme Personality of Godhead as servant and master. This, in summary, is the purpose of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu will disassociate Lord Śiva from Māyāvāda philosophy.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.113|CC Adi 7.113, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The material mode of goodness has nothing to do with spiritual varieties. Māyāvādī philosophers, however, cannot clearly understand spiritual varieties; therefore they imagine a negation of the material world to be the spiritual world. The material qualities of goodness, passion and ignorance cannot act in the spiritual world, which is therefore called nirguṇa, as clearly indicated in the Bhagavad-gītā (trai-guṇya-viṣayā vedā nistrai-guṇyo bhavārjuna). The material world is a manifestation of the three modes of material nature, but one has to become free from these modes to come to the spiritual world, where their influence is completely absent. Now Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu will disassociate Lord Śiva from Māyāvāda philosophy in the following verse.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our principle should be not to disassociate ourself from the devotees.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.18 -- Los Angeles, August 21, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.18 -- Los Angeles, August 21, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradyumna: &amp;quot;The maidservant was engaged in the menial service of the sages, and thus he also came into contact with them. And simply by associating with them and accepting the remnants of foodstuff left by the sages, the son of the maidservant got the chance to become the great devotee and personality Śrīla Nāradadeva. These are the miraculous effects of the association of Bhāgavatas. And to understand these effects practically, it should be noted that by such sincere association of the Bhāgavatas one is sure to receive transcendental knowledge very easily...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So our principle should be not to disassociate ourself from the devotees. Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore sings, tāṅdera caraṇa-sebi-bhakta-sane bās, janame janame hoy ei abhilāṣ: &amp;quot;I desire birth after birth to serve the ācāryas and to live with devotees.&amp;quot; So our this association, society&#039;s is giving these two opportunity: you serve the purpose or the orders of the ācāryas and live with devotees. Then you will be secure in devotional service. Tāṅdera caraṇa-sebi-bhakta-sane bās. Bhakta-sane bās is very important thing. Even there is little inconvenience, still we should stick to live with the devotees. Then we shall be profited.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have to disassociate with this tree. Asaṅga-kuṭhāreṇa. By detachment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.11 -- Bombay, November 11, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.11 -- Bombay, November 11, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So out of many energies, three energies have been taken into account. One is the external energy, another the internal energy, and the other is the marginal energy. The external energy is this material world, bhūmir āpo &#039;nalo vāyuḥ khaṁ mano buddhir eva ca. This is material world. And internal energy is the spiritual world. And marginal energy-we, the living entities. Marginal means we may remain in this material world or we may remain in the spiritual world, living entities. Therefore in the Bhagavad-gītā there are two kinds of living entities who are living in this material... Kṣara, they have fallen down. Fallen down in this... And attracted in this tree of saṁsāra, banyan tree. This is described in the Fifteenth Chapter of... So asaṅga-kuṭhāreṇa. We have to disassociate with this tree. Asaṅga-kuṭhāreṇa. By detachment. To cut this tree, it is very difficult. But we have to become detached. Detached means... There is a Bengali proverb: dhari mach nacoi pane.(?) Means that &amp;quot;I&#039;ll catch the fish but will not touch the water.&amp;quot; That is, that intelligence required.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we can disassociate ourself from the three modes of material nature, then our real nature, means spiritual nature, becomes invoked. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.8-13 -- New York, July 24, 1971|Lecture on SB 6.1.8-13 -- New York, July 24, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Svabhāva means the material nature, material nature. We have acquired so many material nature, by association of the three modes of material nature, sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa, tamo-guṇa. So our habits are formed on account of our association with the three different qualities of material nature. But if we can disassociate ourself from the three modes of material nature, then our real nature, means spiritual nature, becomes invoked. That is the process of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If you remain Kṛṣṇa conscious, then there is no chance of your associating with the three material modes of nature. That is the secret. Therefore you&#039;ll find our students, those who are habituated to so many bad things previously, they are able to stay in a platform where there is no such contamination.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Certainly, we disassociate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Lt. Mozee, Policeman -- July 5, 1975, Chicago|Room Conversation with Lt. Mozee, Policeman -- July 5, 1975, Chicago]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lt. Mozee: Do you find that you have—again, a personal thing—do you find that you are having difficulty disassociating yourself with false prophets like the Guruji?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, we don&#039;t accept. We don&#039;t. Because...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lt. Mozee: I mean disassociating your group with a man like that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Oh, yes. Certainly, we disassociate. We have no very good opinion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is stated in the Bhagavatam, that one should be chanting the Hare Krishna mantra in such a nice way that he shall become completely disassociated with any other contamination. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sacisuta -- Montreal 19 August, 1968|Letter to Sacisuta -- Montreal 19 August, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The principle to be followed by devotee is clear and nice. It is stated in the Bhagavatam, that one should be chanting the Hare Krishna mantra in such a nice way that he shall become completely disassociated with any other contamination. That should be our point of view. Of course, that stage of reaching requires much time, still we should try to do it. So if you decide to stay in some place, with determination, without looking to the circumstances and concentrating your energy in the service of Lord Krishna, that will make you steadfast.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Living alone is a general tendency for a person who wants to get disassociated with the materialistic persons.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sivananda -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1968|Letter to Sivananda -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your question, about living alone, living alone is a general tendency for a person who wants to get disassociated with the materialistic persons. That is also recommended by the Goswamis in their instructions. It is better to remain alone than to mix with materialistic persons. But this is not applicable when we have the opportunity to get the association of pure devotees. Our program is negative and positive simultaneously. We want to negate the materialistic side and make positive the spiritual side, it is not one sided. If you have no positive standing, negating only will not make you successful. Therefore it is better to remain positively within the society of pure devotees. That is also recommended by the Goswamis. That one should be occupied in activities in the modes of goodness and associate with spiritualistic persons, that will make one&#039;s advancement very quick.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have gradually to disassociate with Maya or take such medicine which will counteract the contact of Maya.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Bali-mardana, Sudama -- Tittenhurst 3 October, 1969|Letter to Bali-mardana, Sudama -- Tittenhurst 3 October, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The sum and substance of our philosophy is to love Krishna. Actually, we have got our inherent love propensity for Krishna, but due to our contact with material energy, that loving spirit is being overtaken by Maya. Just like a boy with hookworm, when he eats very much his body does not get nourished on account of the middle creature in his intestine. The food goes to the account of the hookworm. Similarly, we have got our dormant loving spirit for Krishna, but it is being misused by Maya. As such, we have gradually to disassociate with Maya or take such medicine which will counteract the contact of Maya. Then our pure Krishna Consciousness will come out automatically. So this chanting of Hare Krishna Mantra is the only medicine to drive out the smokey curtain created by Maya, covering our pure heart. In other words, our love for Krishna is being blocked by the intervention of Maya, and as soon as we stop this intervention, our life becomes sublime.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Your idea of putting the disassociated sloka below the original is not good.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Niranjana -- Hyderabad 20 August, 1976|Letter to Niranjana -- Hyderabad 20 August, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your idea of putting the disassociated sloka below the original is not good. Do not do it. The Hari-bhakti-vilasa in Hindi is not very important. Neither is the chart of Lord Caitanya&#039;s activities, but you can keep it for future reference.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Defiance&amp;diff=90285</id>
		<title>Defiance</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Defiance&amp;diff=90285"/>
		<updated>2009-07-11T08:49:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;defiant&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;defiance&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Archana| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=3|CC=2|OB=4|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Defy|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The procession passed over the roads of Navadvīpa in defiance of the Kazi who had issued the order.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB Introduction|SB Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; He is the pioneer of the civil disobedience movement in India for the right cause. He organized a procession of one hundred thousand men with thousands of mṛdaṅgas and karatālas (hand cymbals), and this procession passed over the roads of Navadvīpa in defiance of the Kazi who had issued the order.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One can sit on the vyāsāsana only after being conversant in all systems of philosophy so that one can present fully the theistic views of the Bhāgavatam in defiance of all other systems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.1.7|SB 1.1.7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is a natural commentation on the Brahma-sūtra, or the Bādarāyaṇi Vedānta-sūtras. It is called natural because Vyāsadeva is author of both the Vedānta-sūtras and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, or the essence of all Vedic literatures. Besides Vyāsadeva, there are other sages who are the authors of six different philosophical systems, namely Gautama, Kaṇāda, Kapila, Patañjali, Jaimini and Aṣṭāvakra. Theism is explained completely in the Vedānta-sūtra, whereas in other systems of philosophical speculations, practically no mention is given to the ultimate cause of all causes. One can sit on the vyāsāsana only after being conversant in all systems of philosophy so that one can present fully the theistic views of the Bhāgavatam in defiance of all other systems. Śrīla Sūta Gosvāmī was the proper teacher, and therefore the sages at Naimiṣāraṇya elevated him to the vyāsāsana. Śrīla Vyāsadeva is designated herein as the Personality of Godhead because he is the authorized empowered incarnation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Despite all our offenses and defiance of the desires of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord will give us immediate relief from all the hardships offered by material nature if we simply surrender unto Him.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.28.25|SB 4.28.25, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Supreme Lord is always a well-wisher, just like a father or mother. Despite all the offenses of a son, the father and mother are always the son&#039;s well-wisher. Similarly, despite all our offenses and defiance of the desires of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord will give us immediate relief from all the hardships offered by material nature if we simply surrender unto Him, as confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā (mām eva ye prapadyante māyām etāṁ taranti te [Bg. 7.14]). Unfortunately, due to our bad association and great attachment for sense gratification, we do not remember our best friend, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who are actually bewildered by the Māyāvāda philosophy and are still in the darkness of ignorance consider Lord Viṣṇu to be a demigod, in defiance of the Ṛg-vedic mantra oṁ tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.115|CC Adi 7.115, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Viṣṇu cannot be placed within the category of the demigods. Those who are actually bewildered by the Māyāvāda philosophy and are still in the darkness of ignorance consider Lord Viṣṇu to be a demigod, in defiance of the Ṛg-vedic mantra oṁ tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam (“Viṣṇu is always in a superior position”). This mantra is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā: mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat [Bg. 7.7]—there is no truth superior to Lord Kṛṣṇa, or Viṣṇu. Thus only those whose knowledge has been bewildered consider Lord Viṣṇu to be a demigod and therefore suggest that one may worship either Lord Viṣṇu, the goddess Kālī (Durgā) or whomever one likes and achieve the same result. This is an ignorant conclusion that is not accepted in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.25), which distinctly says, yānti deva-vratā devān . . . yānti mad-yājino ’pi mām: The worshipers of the demigods will be promoted to the respective planets of the demigods, but devotees of the Supreme Lord will go back home, back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started His civil disobedience movement in defiance of the Kazi, Śrīdhara danced in jubilation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 10.67|CC Adi 10.67, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīdhara was a poor brāhmaṇa who made a living by selling banana-tree bark to be made into cups. Most probably he had a banana-tree garden and collected the leaves, skin and pulp of the banana trees to sell daily in the market. He spent fifty percent of his income to worship the Ganges, and the balance he used for his subsistence. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started His civil disobedience movement in defiance of the Kazi, Śrīdhara danced in jubilation. The Lord used to drink water from his water jug. Śrīdhara presented a squash to Śacīdevī to cook before Lord Caitanya took sannyāsa. Every year he went to see Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu at Jagannātha Purī.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The commanders of the Yadu dynasty’s soldiers, not tolerating the defiant attitude of the opposing soldiers, began to strike their horses, elephants and chariots with arrows.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 54|Krsna Book 54]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As Kṛṣṇa was speaking with Rukmiṇī, the commanders of the Yadu dynasty’s soldiers, headed by Lord Balarāma, who is also known as Saṅkarṣaṇa, as well as by Gada, not tolerating the defiant attitude of the opposing soldiers, began to strike their horses, elephants and chariots with arrows. As the fighting progressed, the princes and soldiers of the enemy began to fall from their horses, elephants and chariots. Within a short time, millions of severed heads, decorated with helmets and earrings, had fallen on the battlefield. The soldiers’ hands were severed along with their bows and arrows and clubs; arms were piled upon arms, thighs upon thighs, and horses upon horses. Similarly, other animals, such as camels, elephants and asses, as well as infantry soldiers, all fell with severed heads.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Kṛṣṇa was enjoying everything that was taking place, apparently in defiance of His authority.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 89|Krsna Book 89]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It appears that the brāhmaṇa’s house was near Kṛṣṇa’s residence and that Lord Kṛṣṇa was enjoying everything that was taking place, apparently in defiance of His authority. It was He who played the trick of taking away the brāhmaṇa’s baby as well as the arrows, including the one given by Lord Śiva, of which Arjuna was so proud. Anta-vat tu phalaṁ teṣāṁ tad bhavaty alpa-medhasām: “Less intelligent men take shelter of the demigods due to bewilderment and are satisfied with the temporary benefits they award.”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fruitive workers intelligence and expertise are utilized in defiance of the Supreme Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 1.8|Renunciation Through Wisdom 1.8]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is very difficult to convince those who adhere to fruitive activities that they should render devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa. The reason is that most fruitive workers are foolish, fallen and impious. Therefore all their activities are whimsical and motivated by evil. Their intelligence and expertise are thus utilized in defiance of the Supreme Lord. They are totally in the grip of the illusory potency, māyā, and so they imagine themselves to be the Supreme Lord Himself, or at least His biggest competitor, like the demon Śiṣupāla. They simply try to enjoy this material world in various ways.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mukunda-mala-stotra (mantras 1 to 6 only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The defiance is due to the transcendental position of the Lord&#039;s form, name, qualities, pastimes, and so on.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:MM mantra 6|MM mantra 6]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The defiance is due to the transcendental position of the Lord&#039;s form, name, qualities, pastimes, and so on. The śruti mantras declare that although the Lord has no hands He can accept anything we offer Him with devotion, although He has no feet He can travel anywhere, and although He has no mundane eyes He can see anywhere and everywhere without hindrance. The Brahma-saṁhitā describes each of His senses as omnipotent.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you are actually engaged in the service of Kṛṣṇa, where is the question of defiance?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Soren Aabye Kierkegaard|Philosophy Discussion on Soren Aabye Kierkegaard]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: So when someone has integrity, you can see that they are one-minded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Just like we are. Our concern is Kṛṣṇa. At ārati, we stand before Kṛṣṇa. The integrity is that Kṛṣṇa is the shelter. We are all serving, chanting Kṛṣṇa, ārati, someone is chanting, someone is dancing. The center is Kṛṣṇa. Similarly, when you go to preach, when you write books, when you go to the play, the center is Kṛṣṇa. Then all our activities are on the platform of liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: The idea is there also in this philosophy, that all of us know what is the real position, but that either due to weakness or a poor fund of knowledge or defiance...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Therefore we require guidance of the spiritual master so that we may not fall down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: ...or defiance, sometimes due to, even though we know the real position, we defy it, then we become sinful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Defiance, there is no question. If you are actually engaged in the service of Kṛṣṇa, where is the question of defiance?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Well, he is talking about someone who may know what is the law of God, but he defies it. Someone who wants to sinfully act. Either due to weakness or defiance we sin, but he says that the self-integrated personality is willing to be himself. He surrenders to what his real position is. This is called self-realization.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Not defiance. Out of foolishness. They have got some energy for better purposes, but they are not utilizing it for better purposes,—for some things which is illusion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 29, 1974, Rome|Morning Walk -- May 29, 1974, Rome]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dhanañjaya: They are constructing these buildings in defiance of the existence of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Not defiance. Out of foolishness. They have got some energy for better purposes, but they are not utilizing it for better purposes,—for some things which is illusion. That&#039;s all. They have got intelligence. This construction of building requires good intelligence, but they&#039;re lacking this intelligence, that &amp;quot;I have constructed this house very nicely, but I will not be able to live in it.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Preaching steadily our Krishna Conscious philosophy should be done in defiance of all the atheistic propagandas which are so much current.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Upendra -- Amritsar 26 October, 1970|Letter to Upendra -- Amritsar 26 October, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter from Fiji Islands dated October 4th, 1970, and noted the contents. I am very glad that you are preaching steadily our Krishna Conscious philosophy and this should be done in defiance of all the atheistic propagandas which are so much current.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Superior_intelligence&amp;diff=90283</id>
		<title>Superior intelligence</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Superior_intelligence&amp;diff=90283"/>
		<updated>2009-07-11T08:11:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* Lectures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;superior intelligence&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Madhavananda| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|03Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|05Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=5|CC=2|OB=3|Lec=5|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Superior]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intelligence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because of his poor fund of knowledge, the materialist cannot see beyond the purview of his imperfect senses, and thus he thinks that matter automatically takes its own shape without the aid of a superior intelligence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.1.1|SB 1.1.1, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Conditioned souls, beginning from Brahmā, who engineers the entire universe, down to the insignificant ant, are all creating, but none of them are independent of the Supreme Lord. The materialist wrongly thinks that there is no creator other than his own self. This is called māyā, or illusion. Because of his poor fund of knowledge, the materialist cannot see beyond the purview of his imperfect senses, and thus he thinks that matter automatically takes its own shape without the aid of a superior intelligence. This is refuted in this śloka by Śrīla Vyāsadeva: &amp;quot;Since the complete whole or the Absolute Truth is the source of everything, nothing can be independent of the body of the Absolute Truth.&amp;quot; Whatever happens to the body quickly becomes known to the embodied. Similarly, the creation is the body of the absolute whole. Therefore, the Absolute knows everything directly and indirectly that happens in the creation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We can easily attain to the true, spiritual conception by recognizing the Superself (Paramātmā) to be our friend and guide and by dovetailing our intelligence with the superior intelligence of Paramātmā.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.2.35|SB 2.2.35, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By taking advantage of the guidance of Superself in the form of intelligence, we can either continue to study and to put into practice our conclusion that &amp;quot;I am not this body,&amp;quot; or we can choose to remain in the false material identification, fancying ourselves to be the possessors and doers. Our freedom consists in orienting our desire either toward the ignorant, material misconception or the true, spiritual conception. We can easily attain to the true, spiritual conception by recognizing the Superself (Paramātmā) to be our friend and guide and by dovetailing our intelligence with the superior intelligence of Paramātmā. The Superself and the individual self are both spirit, and therefore the Superself and the individual self are both qualitatively one and distinct from matter. But the Superself and the individual self cannot be on an equal level because the Superself gives direction or supplies intelligence and the individual self follows the direction, and thus actions are performed properly. The individual is completely dependent on the direction of the Superself because in every step the individual self follows the direction of the Superself in the matter of seeing, hearing, thinking, feeling, willing, etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Brahmā said: O Personality of Godhead, You are situated in every living entity&#039;s heart as the supreme director, and therefore You are aware of all endeavors by Your superior intelligence, without any hindrance whatsoever.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.9.25|SB 2.9.25, Translation and Purport]]: Lord Brahmā said: O Personality of Godhead, You are situated in every living entity&#039;s heart as the supreme director, and therefore You are aware of all endeavors by Your superior intelligence, without any hindrance whatsoever.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad-gītā confirms that the Lord is situated in everyone&#039;s heart as the witness, and as such He is the supreme director of sanction. The director is not the enjoyer of the fruits of action, for without the Lord&#039;s sanction no one can enjoy. For example, in a prohibited area a habituated drunkard puts forward his application to the director of drinking, and the director, considering his case, sanctions only a certain amount of liquor for drinking. Similarly, the whole material world is full of many drunkards, in the sense that each and every one of the living entities has something in his mind to enjoy, and everyone desires the fulfillment of his desires very strongly. The almighty Lord, being very kind to the living entity, as the father is kind to the son, fulfills the living entity&#039;s desire for his childish satisfaction. With such desires in mind, the living entity does not actually enjoy, but he serves the bodily whims unnecessarily, without profit. The drunkard does not derive any profit out of drinking, but because he has become a servant of the drinking habit and does not wish to get out of it, the merciful Lord gives him all facilities to fulfill such desires.&lt;br /&gt;
The impersonalists recommend that one should become desireless, and others recommend banishing desires altogether. That is impossible; no one can banish desires altogether because desiring is the living symptom. Without having desires a living entity would be dead, which he is not. Therefore, living conditions and desire go together. Perfection of desires may be achieved when one desires to serve the Lord, and the Lord also desires that every living entity banish all personal desires and cooperate with His desires. That is the last instruction of the Bhagavad-gītā. Brahmājī agreed to this proposal, and therefore he is given the responsible post of creating generations in the vacant universe. Oneness with the Lord therefore consists of dovetailing one&#039;s desires with the desires of the Supreme Lord. That makes for the perfection of all desires.&lt;br /&gt;
The Lord, as the Supersoul in the heart of every living being, knows what is in the mind of each living entity, and no one can do anything without the knowledge of the Lord within. By His superior intelligence, the Lord gives everyone the chance to fulfill his desires to the fullest extent, and the resultant reaction is also awarded by the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pṛthu Mahārāja suggested that theistic men will solidly reject the views of the atheists on the grounds that there cannot be many varieties of existence without the plan of a superior intelligence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.21.27|SB 4.21.27, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Atheistic men do not believe in the existence of God, and thus they understand everything which is happening in our daily affairs to be due to physical arrangement and chance. Atheists believe in the atheistic Sāṅkhya philosophy of the combination of prakṛti and puruṣa. They believe only in matter and hold that matter under certain conditions of amalgamation gives rise to the living force, which then appears as puruṣa, the enjoyer; then, by a combination of matter and the living force, the many varieties of material manifestation come into existence. Nor do atheists believe in the injunctions of the Vedas. According to them, all the Vedic injunctions are simply theories that have no practical application in life. Taking all this into consideration, Pṛthu Mahārāja suggested that theistic men will solidly reject the views of the atheists on the grounds that there cannot be many varieties of existence without the plan of a superior intelligence. Atheists very vaguely explain that these varieties of existence occur simply by chance, but the theists who believe in the injunctions of the Vedas must reach all their conclusions under the direction of the Vedas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 11.16.43|SB 11.16.43, Translation]]: A transcendentalist who does not completely control his words and mind by superior intelligence will find that his spiritual vows, austerities and charity flow away just as water flows out of an unbaked clay pot.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There is no reason to believe that all the gigantic planets float in space without the superior arrangement of a superior intelligence. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 2.10|CC Adi 2.10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our modern civilization is sustained by scientific arrangements devised by many great scientific brains. We can just imagine, therefore, the gigantic brain whose arrangements sustain the gravity of the unlimited number of planets and satellites and who creates the unlimited space in which they float. If one considers the intelligence needed to orbit man-made satellites, one cannot be fooled into thinking that there is not a gigantic intelligence responsible for the arrangements of the various planetary systems. There is no reason to believe that all the gigantic planets float in space without the superior arrangement of a superior intelligence. This subject is clearly dealt with in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.13), where the Personality of Godhead says, “I enter into each planet, and by My energy they stay in orbit.” Were the planets not held in the grip of the Personality of Godhead, they would all scatter like dust in the air. Modern scientists can only impractically explain this inconceivable strength of the Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Material nature&#039;s activities are beyond the conception of sense perception, but still one may guess at them by superior intelligence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 6.14-15|CC Adi 6.14-15, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Sāṅkhya philosophy regards the total energy (mahat-tattva), the false ego and the five objects of sense perception as the seven diverse manifestations of material nature, which has two features, known as the material cause and efficient cause. The puruṣa, the enjoyer, is without transformation, whereas material nature is always subject to transformation. But although material nature is inert, it is the cause of enjoyment and salvation for many living creatures. Its activities are beyond the conception of sense perception, but still one may guess at them by superior intelligence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By such activities He is manifest as the supreme spiritual master, the supreme executive head, the superior intelligence and the supreme power, protector and maintainer.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 39|Nectar of Devotion 39]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Kṛṣṇa was residing in Dvārakā, some of the elderly members of the Yadu family would occasionally put some important matter before Him. At such a time, Kṛṣṇa would carefully give attention to those matters. And if there were some humorous topics mentioned, Kṛṣṇa would immediately respond with a smiling face. Sometimes when Kṛṣṇa was executing His duties in the assembly known as Sudharmā, He would ask the elderly members for good advice. By such activities He is manifest as the supreme spiritual master, the supreme executive head, the superior intelligence and the supreme power, protector and maintainer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Easy Journey to Other Planets ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They will have to learn from superior intelligence in order to make a perfect and progressive human society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:EJ 1|Easy Journey to Other Planets 1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If living energy can be generated in the scientist&#039;s laboratory by &amp;quot;the interaction of certain physical and chemical combinations,&amp;quot; then why haven&#039;t the boastful material scientists been able to manufacture life? They should know definitely that spiritual force is distinct from matter and that such energy is not possible to produce by any amount of material adjustment. At present Russians and Americans are undoubtedly very much advanced in many departments of technological science, but they are still ignorant of the spiritual science. They will have to learn from superior intelligence in order to make a perfect and progressive human society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Such a mentality reveres mundane philosophies based on speculation and concocted logic, considering these practices signs of superior intelligence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The saintly, pure devotees, the guru, and the scriptures all represent the same Absolute Truth. The pure devotees are in fact all gurus because they never swerve from the spiritual principles enunciated in the scriptures: they see only through the lens of the scriptures. Spiritual practices are impossible to execute without the authority of these three ruling principles—the saintly devotees, the guru, and the scriptures. One must vehemently denounce the Western mentality of defying spiritual tradition and the scriptures. Such a mentality reveres mundane philosophies based on speculation and concocted logic, considering these practices signs of superior intelligence. The only weapon the proponents of such philosophies have is mundane argument, but often they exhibit a lack of mastery even of this art. Recent trends show that without probing deeply into a subject, these Westerners uselessly debate direct and indirect meanings ad infinitum. Each of these sophists surely realizes that he must one day accept defeat in the hands of a greater sophist, for there is always someone more intelligent. Therefore the process of debate leads nowhere.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Adṛṣṭa means that which you can not see, but it has been fixed up by superior intelligence, that this much you will get.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.17 -- Bombay, October 11, 1973|Lecture on BG 13.17 -- Bombay, October 11, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So entanglement means today I am thinking, &amp;quot;I have got this body&amp;quot;—Indian body or American body or this body or this body or fat body, thin body—tomorrow I may not possess. As soon as I get another body, that means the chapter changes. If I get the body of a dog then I may act like a dog. If I get the body of a hog, then I act like a hog. And if I get the body of a God... God you cannot. Demigod, higher standard of life, then you can act like that. The body is the destiny. With the body everything is destined, your material happiness and distress, everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is called adṛṣṭa. Adṛṣṭa means that which you can not see, but it has been fixed up by superior intelligence, that this much you will get. Therefore we see so many divisions of status; one man is working very hard day and night, but it is very difficult for him to collect even so much money that [he] can eat nicely. Because the body is made for that. Similarly, another man, born with silver spoon in the mouth. He hasn&#039;t got to try very much, but he gets his money quickly, very quickly. Therefore the Bhāgavata says, that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t waste your time for so-called happiness and distress. Don&#039;t waste your time. Because you are already destined to receive a standard of happiness and distress.&amp;quot; You cannot change it. But you can change your consciousness. That is possible. But you cannot change your material position.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;God has given you the superior intelligence better than the animals.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.20 -- Honolulu, May 20, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.20 -- Honolulu, May 20, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So this life is preparation for the next life. You can prepare. It is in your hand. It is in your hand. God has given you the superior intelligence better than the animals. The animals are simply interested eating, sleeping, mating and fearing. So we have got better intelligence, so we must utilize it. Therefore Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura sings, you know, those who are, the song, hari hari biphale janama goṅāinu: &amp;quot;My Lord, I have simply wasted my life.&amp;quot; Why? Manuṣya-janama pāiyā, rādhā-kṛṣṇa na bhajiyā, jāniyā śuniyā viṣa-khāinu. &amp;quot;I got this nice human form of body for understanding, worshiping Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa. Now I did not do anything, that means knowingly I have taken poison.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The superior intelligence should be utilized for the benefit of Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Sri Isopanisad, Mantra 1 -- Los Angeles, April 30, 1970|Lecture on Sri Isopanisad, Mantra 1 -- Los Angeles, April 30, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So our superiority is that either I am trying for decorating my personal apartment, I am trying to decorate this temple—my superiority is there because I am utilizing matter for my purpose. But when it is utilized, his intelligence is applied to utilized this matter for Kṛṣṇa, then his life is successful. The superior intelligence should be utilized for the benefit of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇārthe akhila-ceṣṭā. Then your life is successful. Then the same superior energy, if you apply it for your sense gratification, you&#039;ll be entangled and anxiety. And then you&#039;ll have to change your body, one after another. That is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
So the superior, supreme controller, is Kṛṣṇa, either on this inferior energy or superior energy. That is going on. So superior energy means that we can control over the material world. Not completely. That is also under condition. But we have got some control over this material world. But Kṛṣṇa has control over us also. We cannot do anything out of our own whims. Just like we are manufacturing this nice microphone with intelligence. Just like you American people, you are manufacturing so many nice things, and why other people, they cannot manufacture? What is the reason? You are also superior energy, and before you, the Red Indians, they are also superior energy. The animal, he&#039;s also superior energy. The cow, for example, that is also living entity, superior energy, and a man, he&#039;s also living entity, superior energy. But the man is sending the cow to the slaughterhouse. It is helpless, and the man is powerful. How this distinction? How this distinction? That distinction is due to the superior controller, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa has given man superior intelligence, superior intelligence... In the Bhagavad-gītā, Fifteenth Chapter, fifteenth verse, you&#039;ll find that sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭo: [Bg. 15.15] &amp;quot;I am sitting within the heart of everyone.&amp;quot; Mattaḥ smṛtir jñānam apohanaṁ ca. &amp;quot;One can memorize or forget on account of Me.&amp;quot; Therefore the superior energy is giving intelligence to the human form of body that &amp;quot;You do this.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You do this&amp;quot; means not whimsically. He wanted to do it, but sometimes he forgets, and Kṛṣṇa reminds, &amp;quot;You wanted to do this. You can do this. Here is an opportunity.&amp;quot; So although I have got superior intelligence, that is also controlled by Kṛṣṇa. If Kṛṣṇa gives you intelligence, then you can manufacture this nice microphone; otherwise, you cannot. Therefore īśāvāsyam idaṁ sarvam [Īśo mantra 1]. In every sphere of life, there is control of Kṛṣṇa. Yat kiñcit jagatyām. Anything which is going on within this world, jagat... Jagat means this world, which is making progress. Tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā. Therefore we shall have to voluntarily accept His superiority and accept only prasādam, whatever He kindly allows, &amp;quot;You can take this.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;All right, Sir.&amp;quot; That&#039;s all. You cannot encroach upon others. That is superior control. But the people are encroaching; therefore they are becoming entangled. If they accept what is offered by Kṛṣṇa, then there is no trouble. But if they encroach, then there is trouble.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We claim to be superior, to possess superior consciousness, and how we are utilizing our consciousness and superior intelligence?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture (Day after Lord Rama&#039;s Appearance Day) -- Los Angeles, April 16, 1970|Lecture (Day after Lord Rama&#039;s Appearance Day) -- Los Angeles, April 16, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human form of life, the most developed consciousness, intelligence, if we are also busy in solving these problems of life, namely eating, sleeping, defending and mating, then we are not very much advanced than the animals, because they have got these problems and they are trying to solve them. So what advancement we have made, we human beings? We claim to be superior, to possess superior consciousness, and how we are utilizing our consciousness and superior intelligence? Simply just like animals. That requires meditation. That requires meditation, what is actually the problem.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The particular type of body the soul will get, how it is to be manufactured, that is also by superior intelligence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Delhi, December 13, 1971|Lecture -- Delhi, December 13, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is just like it is said that you forward one step, when you see that the forward step is right place, then you take the other step. Like this. When you find this is solid, then you take it away, then you put again. It is like that. So at the time of death, as soon as it is settled up that this soul should migrate to such and such body, by superior. It is not in my hands. Daiva-netreṇa. Daiva-netreṇa means superior examination. That is called day of judgement in the Bible. Whether this soul is going to hell or heaven, that is the day of judgement. But they have insufficient knowledge, therefore they think that all the souls after death they lie down for perpetually. It is not that. Actually the judgement is there immediately and he gets another birth, either hell or heaven. Not that he has to wait for the day of judgement. Immediately the day of judgement is... It is does not linger, it is not ordinary court that you have to wait for your judgement for three years or... No, immediately. Immediately it is settled up and the soul is transferred to the father and the... That is material process, how the body will grow. That is also arranged by prakṛti, by nature, under the direction of the Supreme. Just like if you have to paint something, then you have to secure different colors, different... Similarly, the particular type of body the soul will get, how it is to be manufactured, that is also by superior intelligence. The soul is put into the semina of a particular type of father and that quality of the semina mixes with the mother&#039;s secretion, then that grows. This is the arrangement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But that intelligence, superior intelligence will never come to you. You&#039;ll always remain inferior.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 6, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- December 6, 1973, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: How do you say you are superior? You are inferior. As soon as you cover your body, you are inferior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Karandhara: They say, &amp;quot;Well, we, I made this hat. So whatever inferiorities I have, I can conquer them by my intelligence.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But that intelligence, superior intelligence will never come to you. You&#039;ll always remain inferior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hṛdayānanda: What about death?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. We are always inferior.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We are superior to animals by superior intelligence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 11, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Why do they disagree, that animal has no soul? What is the point? Why do they say?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Italian Man (1): Because they don&#039;t like to identify themselves with animals. Because if they admit that animals have a soul, then they have to identity, means they are afraid of identifying with animals. They feel they are superior to animals. We are superior to animals, indeed, but...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is by intelligence. We are superior to animals by superior intelligence, not by... Just like a human child. His father is superior than the child because the father has got superior intelligence, not that the child has no soul. The child talks so many nonsense things, but we take it, &amp;quot;After all, it is child.&amp;quot; Nobody cares whether it is symmetrical or not, because his intelligence is not developed. So even the animals have no developed intelligence, that does not mean it has no soul. Yes. The evolution of different types of body means evolution of intelligence. Just like a flower, in the bud stage, the flower is there. But the fragrance or the beauty has not yet developed. So unless the things are there, how it can develop? Similarly, the soul is there in every living entity, but according to the development of the body, evolution of the body, the intelligence becomes manifest. Otherwise, what is the meaning of education? Education means to develop the intelligence. That is education.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Guru%27s_qualification&amp;diff=87273</id>
		<title>Guru&#039;s qualification</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Guru%27s_qualification&amp;diff=87273"/>
		<updated>2009-05-31T12:38:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Guru&#039;s qualification&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;qualification of guru&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;qualifications of guru&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;qualification of a guru&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;qualification of the guru&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=12|Con=5|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Guru]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Qualification]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Guru&#039;s qualification is that he&#039;s śrotriyam: he has heard from his guru perfectly. That is guru. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Bombay, February 18, 1974|Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Bombay, February 18, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to know Kṛṣṇa, Vedas, the ultimate knowledge of Veda... Vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ [Bg. 15.15]. Vedic knowledge means to understand Kṛṣṇa. So if you want to understand Kṛṣṇa, tad-vijñānārtham, vijñāna... Jñānaṁ te &#039;haṁ sa-vijñānam [Bg. 7.2]. It is vijñāna, it is science. Sa-vijñāna. So if you want to know that vijñāna, then you should approach: tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum evābhigacchet. You must accept guru. Who is guru? Samit-pāṇiḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham [MU 1.2.12]. Guru&#039;s qualification is that he&#039;s śrotriyam: he has heard from his guru perfectly. That is guru. Śrotriyam. And brahma-niṣṭham: and firmly fixed up at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. These are two qualifications. You cannot move from that firmness. You cannot move. And he has heard about Kṛṣṇa from the authorities of guru. Evaṁ paramparā-prāptam [Bg. 4.2]. That is guru. So that is recommended. If you want to know Kṛṣṇa, then tad-vijñānārtham. In order to understand that science, then you must approach guru. Ādau gurvāśrayam. That is Rūpa Gosvāmī&#039;s... Ādau gurvāśrayam. Ādau śraddhā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So the qualification of guru is, he should be mahātmā, and muni. Muni means philosopher, and mahātmā means God-realized. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.29 -- Vrndavana, August 10, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.5.29 -- Vrndavana, August 10, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prabhupāda:&lt;br /&gt;
:tasyaivaṁ me &#039;nuraktasya&lt;br /&gt;
:praśritasya hatainasaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:śraddadhānasya bālasya&lt;br /&gt;
:dāntasyānucarasya ca&lt;br /&gt;
:[SB 1.5.29]&lt;br /&gt;
So the, the one side, the guru. Saṅkīrtyamānaṁ munibhir mahātmabhiḥ. The... This is a relationship between disciple and guru. What are the qualifications of guru? And what are the qualifications of the disciple? If both of them are qualified, then immediately the result is there. Just like husband and wife. Both of them, if they are healthy, by sex there will be pregnancy. Similarly, if the guru and the disciple, both of them are qualified, then immediately Kṛṣṇa consciousness will be there.&lt;br /&gt;
So the qualification of the guru is described in the previous verse.&lt;br /&gt;
:viśṛṇvato me &#039;nusavaṁ yaśo &#039;malaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:saṅkīrtyamānaṁ munibhir mahātmabhiḥ&lt;br /&gt;
The guru must be mahātmā and muni. Muni means thoughtful, philosopher. Not foolish rascal, manufacturing some philosophy. And mahātmabhiḥ. Not only self-realized, but by his character, by his behavior, by his understanding, he must be a mahātmā. What is that mahātmā? There are so many mahātmās, simply by changing the dress. No. Not that kind of mahātmā. Our Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has sung a song, eita eka kalir celā: &amp;quot;Here is a disciple of Kali.&amp;quot; What is that? Nāke tilaka galai mālā. &amp;quot;He has got tilaka...&amp;quot; Nata nara nāke tilaka galai mālā. He sings that, sahaja bhajana kache namu saṅge laiyā pare dala. (?) Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura sings that &amp;quot;He&#039;s dressed like a bābājī. He has shaven his head, and has got tilaka and kaṇṭhi. But he has got at least half a dozen women, and that is his bhajana.&amp;quot; So not that... That is not mahātmā. That is durātmā, a cheating... Of course, in this Kali-yuga... Therefore Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says, eita eka kalir celā. Kalir celā means the disciple of Kali. Dressed like a sādhu, or Vaiṣṇava, but within, all rubbish things. That will not help us. He must be mahātmā, real mahātmā. We want guru like that. Then it will be a... We must be also qualified, and guru also qualified. Therefore it is said in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa that one year should be taken to study one another, the guru and the disciple. The guru also will see whether the person is fit to become a disciple, and the disciple also will see &amp;quot;Whether this gentleman can become my guru.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
So the qualification of guru is, he should be mahātmā, and muni. Muni means philosopher, and mahātmā means God-realized. Really, mahātmā means God-realized. He knows. That is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
:bahūnāṁ janmanām ante&lt;br /&gt;
:jñānavān māṁ prapadyate&lt;br /&gt;
:vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti&lt;br /&gt;
:sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 7.19]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because one who has understood Kṛṣṇa perfectly... This is the qualification of guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.29 -- Vrndavana, August 10, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.5.29 -- Vrndavana, August 10, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So when one understands Kṛṣṇa perfectly, he becomes mahātmā. Just try to understand. Not a politician. Not by changing dress, saffron-color cloth. No, that is not mahātmā. One who understands Kṛṣṇa perfectly well, he is mahātmā. Therefore here it is said, munibhir mahātmabhiḥ. The instruction was received from persons, munibhiḥ, great philosophers. Not only philosophers, but mahātmā. Because one who has understood Kṛṣṇa perfectly... This is the qualification of guru. So that qualification, to attain, is not very difficult. But because we are rascals, we do not try to take the qualification. That qualification is very simple. One... Who can understand Kṛṣṇa? Kṛṣṇa is not so cheap thing. He has said already that yatatām api siddhānāṁ kaścin māṁ vetti tattvataḥ [Bg. 7.3]. So it not very easy. But it is very easy if you take the process, easiest process. What is that easiest process? That easiest process: you don&#039;t talk nonsense; you simply talk what Kṛṣṇa has said. That&#039;s all. And many times they give me very great credit that I have done wonderful. Yes, I have done wonderful. But what is the reason? Because I am not a rascal. I speak what Kṛṣṇa has spoken. That&#039;s all. Very easy. Everyone can do that. Not only I. Any of you, you can do this. Simply speak what is..., what Kṛṣṇa has said. That&#039;s all. Don&#039;t make addition, alteration. Then you become rascal. Immediately you become rascal.&lt;br /&gt;
So you don&#039;t want to..., if you don&#039;t want to become a rascal, if you want to become a mahātmā, then you accept what Kṛṣṇa says and preach that. Kṛṣṇa says, mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat: [Bg. 7.7] &amp;quot;There is no more superior authority than Me.&amp;quot; You say that. You say, vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti [Bg. 7.19]. &amp;quot;Here is... Kṛṣṇa is the cause.&amp;quot; You understand or don&#039;t understand, if you simply pick up the words of Kṛṣṇa and talk like that, then you become mahātmā. There is no difficulty to become mahātmā. But these durātmās, the rascals, they talk differently from Kṛṣṇa. Therefore they are not mahātmās. They are all durātmā. Therefore the process is that if you want to make progress in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then you have to find out a guru who is mahātmā. Ādau gurvāśrayam. That is the first business. Ādau, in the beginning, gurvāśrayam, to take shelter of a bona fide mahātmā guru. That is the Vedic instruction. Tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum eva abhigacchet [MU 1.2.12]. &amp;quot;Must,&amp;quot; abhigacchet. This verb is used—&amp;quot;must.&amp;quot; It is not, &amp;quot;Oh, I can do without guru.&amp;quot; No, that is not possible. That is not possible. If you want to understand the transcendental science, spiritual science, you must approach. Gacchet. This, this form of verb used when there is the meaning &amp;quot;must.&amp;quot; Tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum eva abhigacchet, samit-pāṇiḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham. And guru&#039;s qualification is brahma-niṣṭham. Brahma... And again this word. Brahma, and Kṛṣṇa is Parabrahman. Again this param. That Parabrahman has been said by Arjuna to Kṛṣṇa, bhavān. Bhavān: &amp;quot;My dear Kṛṣṇa, You are Parabrahman.&amp;quot; Pavitraṁ bhavān. Paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān [Bg. 10.12].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to receive knowledge, then you must approach a guru who is brahma-niṣṭham. That is the qualification of guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.8.7 -- Los Angeles, February 10, 1975|Lecture on SB 2.8.7 -- Los Angeles, February 10, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prabhupāda: ...being completely aware of Brahman, the Supreme Absolute Truth, not a bogus. If you want to receive knowledge, then you must approach a guru who is brahma-niṣṭham. That is the qualification of guru. Brahman, brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam. These words are there. He is living in Brahman, Absolute Truth. He has no other business. That is guru.&lt;br /&gt;
:tad viddhi praṇipātena&lt;br /&gt;
:paripraśnena sevayā&lt;br /&gt;
:upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 4.34]&lt;br /&gt;
Tattva-darśinaḥ, &amp;quot;who has seen the truth,&amp;quot; not imagination. He cannot be guru. Who has actually seen, tattva-darśinaḥ... These are the injunction in the śāstras, and Parīkṣit Mahārāja is strictly following the same principles and asking Śukadeva Gosvāmī, bhavanto jānate yathā: &amp;quot;As you have learned from your predecessor.&amp;quot; So that is perfect knowledge. The knowledge is coming from Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is all-perfect, and Arjuna is hearing directly from Him, and the statement of Arjuna is there in the Bhagavad-gītā. He understands that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead; that is, he acquired knowledge from Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;How much one is attached to Brahman, Parabrahman, Bhagavān. That is guru&#039;s qualification.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.4 -- Bombay, November 4, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.4 -- Bombay, November 4, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So tad-vijñānārtham, if you want to understand spiritual knowledge, then you have to approach a guru. Guru. Guru means weighty, I mean to say, one who has got better knowledge. Heavy. Guru means heavy, heavy with knowledge. And what is that knowledge? &amp;quot;I have got so much knowledge.&amp;quot; No. Transcendental... Tad-vijñāna. Tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum eva abhigacchet, samit-pāṇiḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham [MU 1.2.12]. That heaviness is brahma-niṣṭham, how much one is attached to Brahman, Parabrahman, Bhagavān. That is guru&#039;s qualification. Brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam. This is the mantra of Kaṭhopaniṣad, tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum evābhigacchet. Similarly, in the Bhāgavata also it is said, tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta [SB 11.3.21]. Tasmāt, &amp;quot;Therefore one must approach guru.&amp;quot; The here, in the Upaniṣad also gives definition who is guru. Guru means śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham [MU 1.2.12], &amp;quot;one who has received knowledge by hearing Vedas,&amp;quot; śrotriyam. Because Vedas are called śruti.&lt;br /&gt;
So those who are in the line of hearing from the preceptorial succession, disciplic succession... As it is said in the Bhagavad-gītā, evaṁ paramparā-prāptam [Bg. 4.2]. Not, I mean to say, upstart knowledge. Standard knowledge. Standard knowledge is received from the paramparā system, disciplic succession. Therefore it is said, śrotriyam. Śrotriyam means &amp;quot;who has heard from the paramparā system.&amp;quot; Śrotriyam... And the result is brahma-niṣṭham: &amp;quot;He is firmly fixed up in the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; Brahma-niṣṭham. He has no other business. This is two qualifications. He must have heard the Vedic knowledge through the disciplic succession. It does not require that he is very learned scholar. No. Simply he must hear from the authority. Śrotriyam. You have... Kṛṣṇa has given you, God has given you the ear. This is our system. Simply they hear and they become big, big preacher. It doesn&#039;t require that he has to pass M.A., C.B.A.C., or Ph.D. examinations. Hearing is sufficient. Sthāne sthitāḥ śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhiḥ. You remain in your position, in your place. You do not require to change it. Sthāne sthitāḥ.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The guru&#039;s qualification is, in every śāstra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.4 -- Bombay, November 4, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.4 -- Bombay, November 4, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So one must approach a proper guru. The guru&#039;s qualification is, in every śāstra, that... Just like in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is said, tad viddhi..., er, tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam [SB 11.3.21]. One does not require to accept a guru unless he is inquisitive to understand the ultimate goal or benefit of life. Ordinary man who is interested with the bodily comforts of life, he doesn&#039;t require a guru. But generally, the, at the present moment, guru means who can give you some bodily medicine. Approaches some saintly person, &amp;quot;Mahatmaji, I am suffering from this disease.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Yes, I have mantra. Take this...&amp;quot; That sort of guru is accepted. So same bodily... Or some bodily wealth, bodily... No.&lt;br /&gt;
:tad viddhi praṇipātena&lt;br /&gt;
:paripraśnena sevayā&lt;br /&gt;
:upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 4.34]&lt;br /&gt;
One should approach guru for seeing the tattva, the Absolute Truth. That is necessary. Not for any material benefit. One should not search out a guru for, I mean to say, curing some material disease. For that, there is medical practitioner. Why should you search out after a guru? But people search out, that &amp;quot;I have got some material disease, and if somebody can cure, some saintly person, then he&#039;s guru or he&#039;s Bhagavān. I am poor. If he can give me some money, then he&#039;s guru.&amp;quot; No. The śāstra does not say like that. Guru means śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham [MU 1.2.12]. Tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam, śābde pare ca niṣṇātam [SB 11.3.21]. Guru means who knows the Vedic śāstra, the Vedas. He knows the Vedic conclusion. And the Vedic conclusion is to understand Kṛṣṇa. That is Vedic conclusion. Vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ [Bg. 15.15].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa&#039;s representative or incarnation or guru says the same thing. That is the qualification of guru. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.13 -- Bombay, November 13, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.13 -- Bombay, November 13, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So that is wanted. That is ādhyātmika. That is called bhakti-yoga, to reconnect our connection with Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa also comes to instruct that &amp;quot;You rascal, sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66]. Just revive your connection with Me, you rascal. Give up all these manufactured so-called types of yoga and religion.&amp;quot; Sarva-dharmān paritya... That is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instruction. That is the differ... That is the proof. Kṛṣṇa says the same thing, and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s representative or incarnation or guru says the same thing. That is the qualification of guru. Here Kapiladeva, although He is the incarnation of Kṛṣṇa, He&#039;s acting as the representative of Kṛṣṇa, as guru. He&#039;s saying the same thing. He does not say another thing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Guru means brahma-niṣṭham. Brahma-niṣṭham. That is the guru&#039;s qualification.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.27 -- Bombay, January 4, 1975|Lecture on SB 3.26.27 -- Bombay, January 4, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So as it is going on in this life, in this span of life, similarly, it is going on life after life, this plan-making business. So the intelligent persons, they should understand that how to stop this unlimited plan-making business. Still there is no solution. That is called athāto brahma jijñāsā. That is life, athāto brahma-jijñāsā, when one is inquisitive to know the broader plan, Brahman plan. Brahman means the biggest, bṛhatva, the biggest. The biggest plan, if anyone wants to understand, becomes inquisitive, then his life, real life, begins. Athāto brahma jijñāsā. So wherefrom brahma-jijñāsā? Brahma-jijñāsā... This ordinary jijñāsā, inquiry, &amp;quot;What is the price of rice today?&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;What is the situation of strike? What is the situation of this, that?&amp;quot; that you can ask from the newspaper or from anyone, friend. But so far brahma-jijñāsā, inquiry of Brahman, then where shall you inquire? Will you go to the exchange market or in the other market? No. Tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum eva abhigacchet [MU 1.2.12]. Sa gurum evābhigacchet. That is the injunction of the Vedas, that you must find out guru. Samit-pāṇiḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham. Guru means brahma-niṣṭham. Brahma-niṣṭham. That is the guru&#039;s qualification. And śrotriyam, one who has heard from the disciplic succession, he is guru, not anyone, magician, no. Guru, as Kṛṣṇa said...&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is qualification of guru, tattva-darśi.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.18 -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.18 -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Who requires a guru? Everything is there in the śāstra. Tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam [SB 11.3.21].&lt;br /&gt;
tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum evābhigacchet&lt;br /&gt;
samit-pāniḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham&lt;br /&gt;
[MU 1.2.12]&lt;br /&gt;
:tad viddhi praṇipātena&lt;br /&gt;
:paripraśnena sevayā&lt;br /&gt;
:upadekṣyanti tad-jñānaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 4.34]&lt;br /&gt;
This is qualification of guru, tattva-darśi. What is that tattva?&lt;br /&gt;
:vadanti tat tattva-vidas&lt;br /&gt;
:tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:brahmeti paramātmeti&lt;br /&gt;
:bhagavān iti śabdyate&lt;br /&gt;
:[SB 1.2.11]&lt;br /&gt;
One who knows what is Paramātmā, what is Brahman, what is Bhagavān, he is tattva-darśi. Vadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam [SB 1.2.11]. So these are the qualification of guru.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So this is the guru&#039;s qualification. Guru does not show any magic or produce some wonderful things then he becomes guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sri Vyasa-puja -- Hyderabad, August 19, 1976|Sri Vyasa-puja -- Hyderabad, August 19, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Caitanya Mahāprabhu has asked everyone to become guru. Everyone. Because there is need of guru. The world is full of rascals, therefore there is need of so many gurus to teach them. But what is that qualification of the guru? How everyone can become guru? This may be the question, next question. Because Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra ei deśa [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. Ei deśa means wherever you are living you become a guru and deliver them. Suppose you are living in a small neighborhood, you can become a guru of that neighborhood and deliver them. &amp;quot;How it is possible? I have no education, I have no knowledge. How I can become guru and deliver them?&amp;quot; Caitanya Mahāprabhu said it is not at all difficult. Yāre dekha tāre kaha &#039;kṛṣṇa&#039;-upadeśa [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. This is your qualification. If you simply deliver the message given by Kṛṣṇa you become guru. Kṛṣṇa said, sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66]. You preach, you request everyone, &amp;quot;Sir, you surrender to Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; You become guru. Very simple thing. Kṛṣṇa said, man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru [Bg. 18.65]. You say that &amp;quot;You become a devotee of Kṛṣṇa, you offer obeisances. Here is a temple; here is Kṛṣṇa. Please come here. You offer your obeisances, and if you can you offer patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ [Bg. 9.26]. You don&#039;t offer... But it is very simple thing. Anyone can secure a little flower, a little fruit, a little water. It is not at all difficult.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
So this is the guru&#039;s qualification. Guru does not show any magic or produce some wonderful things then he becomes guru. So practically I have done this. People are giving me credit that I have done miracles, but my miracle is that I carried the message of Caitanya Mahāprabhu: yāre dekha tāre kaha &#039;kṛṣṇa&#039;-upadeśa [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. So this is the secrecy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Here are so many other things, guru&#039;s qualification. There are eight verses in the prayer of guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sri Sri Kaliya Krsna Deity Installation -- Lautoka, Fiji, May 2, 1976|Sri Sri Kaliya Krsna Deity Installation -- Lautoka, Fiji, May 2, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Guru is... There are so many other things, guru&#039;s qualification. There are eight verses in the prayer of guru. The first verse is&lt;br /&gt;
:saṁsāra-dāvānala-līḍha-loka-&lt;br /&gt;
:trāṇāya kāruṇya-ghanāghanatvam&lt;br /&gt;
:prāptasya kalyāṇa-guṇārṇavasya&lt;br /&gt;
:vande guroḥ śrī-caraṇāravindam&lt;br /&gt;
Guru&#039;s first business is to deliver the suffering humanity from the forest fire of this material existence. This material existence is compared with forest fire. You know there is fire in the forest. Big forest, nobody goes there to set fire. But automatically there is fire. Therefore this material existence has been compared with the forest fire. Here everyone wants to become happy, but there is fire. Even if we do not want, there is fire, miseries. Because this place, this material world, is place for suffering. It is confirmed by Kṛṣṇa Himself in the Bhagavad-gītā, duḥkhālayam aśāśvatam [Bg. 8.15]. This place is for suffering. But under the spell of māyā, sufferings, we have taken as happiness or enjoying. This is called māyā. Actually there is no enjoyment here. Where is enjoyment? When we have to die, then where is the question of enjoyment? Does anyone want to die? No. Nobody wants to die. If there is some danger immediately, immediately we shall flee away. That is Nobody wants to die. Therefore, in the Bhagavad-gītā the four principles of unhappiness is described by the Supreme Lord, janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi-duḥkha-doṣānudarśanam [Bg. 13.9]. Those who are intelligent, they will see four principles of major suffering. What is that? Janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi, to take birth, to die, and to suffer from disease, and to become old. So, so long you have got this material body, you have to suffer. Now, under the spell of māyā you can accept suffering as enjoyment, That is your business, But it is suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
So therefore, guru&#039;s business is to deliver the disciple from the suffering condition.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The qualification of guru is also given there, what sort of guru you should search out. Śābde pare ca niṣṇātam.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Soren Aabye Kierkegaard|Philosophy Discussion on Soren Aabye Kierkegaard]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupäda:In the human form of life—not generally but in special cases—they are very much inquisitive to understand about God. That is technically called brahma-jijñāsā. inquiring about the Absolute. And that is only possible in the human form of life. Generally, any human being can be educated in the spiritual life or God consciousness, but if anyone awakens his inquiry, as it is stated, tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam [SB 11.3.21], if one is actually anxious to inquire about God or the supreme knowledge, then he has to approach a guru. That&#039;s a fact. Without approaching a bona fide guru there is no possibility of understanding the nature of God and our relationship with Him. So one has to approach a guru. To accept a guru is not a fashion, it is necessity. If one is actually inquisitive, it is a necessity. So the qualification of guru is also given there, that what sort of guru you should search out. Śābde pare ca niṣṇātam [SB 11.3.21]. A guru is he who has taken full training in the ocean of spiritual knowledge or Vedic knowledge, śābde pare. Śābde means the Vedic words, or vibration of sound, but that is not ordinary sound, material sound, but spiritual sound. Just like we are chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, this spiritual sound. So one who has taken full bathing in the ocean of spiritual sound, and how he has realized the symptom of his life is that such guru is no more interested in materialistic way of life. Such guru does not manufacture gold or jugglery words to attract some foolish men and make money. That is not guru. Guru means who has no more interest in material things. Śābde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam. He has taken shelter of the Supreme Lord, completely satiating his material desire. So one should approach such guru, then tad viddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena sevayā [Bg. 4.34]. By serving such guru, bona fide guru, and surrendering unto him, and then questioning him, he can make actual progress in spiritual life, and then he understands properly what is God, what is our relationship with Him. That is perfection of human life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;He is well learned in Vedic literature,&amp;quot; and brahma-niṣṭham, &amp;quot;and firm faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; These are the two qualifications of guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- April 18, 1972, Hong Kong|Room Conversation -- April 18, 1972, Hong Kong]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda:In order to learn the value of life, spiritual value of life, one must go to a guru. Tad vijñānārtham. In order to understand the spiritual value of life one must go to a guru. Gurum evābhigacchet. What is that guru? Śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham: &amp;quot;He is well learned in Vedic literature,&amp;quot; and brahma-niṣṭham, &amp;quot;and firm faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; These are the two qualifications of guru. He must know all the Vedic conclusions, śrotriyam, not that he has to read, but he must hear from the authoritative sources. Just like Arjuna is hearing from Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is the most authoritative personality. So similarly, everyone has to hear either from Kṛṣṇa or from His bona fide representative. That is śrotriyam. And the result will be that after becoming student of such bona fide guru, one will be firmly fixed up in God consciousness. That is the result, firmly fixed up.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He has no more material interests, simply Brahman. That&#039;s all. How simple it is, the qualification of celā and qualification of guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 23, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- March 23, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Keeping a guru, and &amp;quot;Guru, come here, come here, guru.&amp;quot; (laughter) Not like that. That is useless. And this is the qualification of celā. Jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam. One who is interested with the Absolute Truth. That requires, he requires a guru. And guru means, śābde pare ca niṣṇātam. Śābde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam [SB 11.3.21]. This is the qualification. Śābde, he&#039;s, in the Vedic knowledge, he&#039;s perfect. Śābde pare ca. Niṣṇātam. He has immersed himself in that ocean. And the result is brahmaṇy upaśama..., he has no more material interests, simply Brahman. That&#039;s all. How simple it is, the qualification of celā and qualification of guru. As soon as Arjuna accepted Kṛṣṇa as his guru, He immediately gave him a slap: aśocyān anvaśocas tvaṁ prajñā-vādāṁś ca bhāṣase [Bg. 2.11]. &amp;quot;You are talking like very learned man. You are fool number one.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The qualification of guru is that he must be fully cognizant of the science of Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Interview with Professors O&#039;Connell, Motilal and Shivaram -- June 18, 1976, Toronto|Interview with Professors O&#039;Connell, Motilal and Shivaram -- June 18, 1976, Toronto]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prof. O&#039;Connell: Is it possible, Swamiji, for a woman to be a guru in the line of disciplic succession?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Jāhnavā devī was-Nityānanda&#039;s wife. She became. If she is able to go to the highest perfection of life, why it is not possible to become guru? But, not so many. Actually one who has attained the perfection, she can become guru. But man or woman, unless one has attained the perfection.... Yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā sei guru haya [Cc. Madhya 8.128]. The qualification of guru is that he must be fully cognizant of the science of Kṛṣṇa. Then he or she can become guru. Yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā, sei guru haya. [break] In our material world, is it any prohibition that woman cannot become professor? If she is qualified, she can become professor. What is the wrong there? She must be qualified. That is the position. So similarly, if the woman understands Kṛṣṇa consciousness perfectly, she can become guru.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If there had been a department to see what is the qualification of guru, then immediately they would have taken steps.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Interview with Mike Darby -- June 30, 1976, Wheeling, W. Virginia|Interview with Mike Darby -- June 30, 1976, Wheeling, W. Virginia]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. We are coming from Detroit? There are so many factories for four-wheel vehicles, and there is no factory to educate man to the right path. Perhaps... This is our little attempt, this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, how to educate to the right path. We are not getting any help, either from the authority... In our own way, as far as possible, we are doing. When people will be educated they will be able to understand who is guru, who is not guru. We can say, but who is going to accept? We say always that they are all rascals, but who will accept our statement? And the state, (if) there had been a department to see what is the qualification of guru, then immediately they would have taken steps. Just like in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s time one man falsely presented himself as God. Immediately his head was cut off. Pauṇḍraka. So the state must be very strong to punish the miscreant. But there is no such state.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahma-niṣṭham. This is the guru&#039;s qualification.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Life Member, Mr. Malhotra -- December 22, 1976, Poona|Room Conversation with Life Member, Mr. Malhotra -- December 22, 1976, Poona]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda:If you want to know that transcendental science, you must approach guru. Śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham. And who is guru? Samit-pāṇiḥ śrotriyam. Śrotriyam means one who is guru by hearing from his guru, śrotriyam. This is paramparā. Not that all of a sudden he becomes guru. No. That is not guru. Guru means śrotriyam. Śrotriyaṁ brahma-niṣṭham [MU 1.2.12]. And after hearing perfectly from his guru, he is brahma-niṣṭham. Just like Arjuna, after hearing from Kṛṣṇa, his guru, he became devotee of Kṛṣṇa. Not became. He was devotee. Still he became perfect devotee. Brahma-niṣṭham. This is the guru&#039;s qualification. And in another, the Bhāgavata it is said tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam [SB 11.3.21]. One must surrender to guru who is actually inquisitive, yes, about the Absolute Truth. What kind of inquisitive? Jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam. The best aim of life or transcendental aim of life, he requires guru. Then what is guru&#039;s qualification? The next line is tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam, śābde pare ca niṣṇātam [SB 11.3.21]. Guru is completely in awareness of all the Vedic knowledge. That is guru. Not a loafer class. (laughter) Śrotriyam. One who has heard perfectly Vedas from his guru. And what is the symptom that he has heard from the authority or the...? Brahma-niṣṭham. Brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam. The symptom is that he has completely taken shelter of the Supreme Brahman, rejecting or finishing all material desires. No more material desires. Brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam. He has taken shelter of Brahman, upaśama, rejecting, no more hankering after anything material.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_enjoyment&amp;diff=87268</id>
		<title>Real enjoyment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_enjoyment&amp;diff=87268"/>
		<updated>2009-05-31T12:22:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* Nectar of Devotion Lectures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real enjoyment&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=14|Con=4|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|21}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enjoyment]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Foolish creatures are enamored by the beauty of matter and think that the enjoyment it offers is real, but actually that is not real enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.20.35|SB 3.20.35, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; he difference between material and spiritual enjoyment is that material enjoyment is limited. Even if a man engages in material sex enjoyment, he cannot enjoy it for long. But when the sex enjoyment is given up, then one can enter spiritual life, which is unending. In the Bhāgavatam (5.5.1) it is stated that brahma-saukhya, spiritual happiness, is ananta, unending. Foolish creatures are enamored by the beauty of matter and think that the enjoyment it offers is real, but actually that is not real enjoyment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Herein this word refers to real enjoyment in spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.28.65|SB 4.28.65, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bhoga. Enjoyment. Herein this word refers to real enjoyment in spiritual life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In our pure spiritual form, free from all material contamination, real enjoyment of the senses is possible. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:ISO 11|Sri Isopanisad 11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore the culture of vidyā, or transcendental knowledge, is essential for the human being. Sense enjoyment in the diseased material condition must be restricted as far as possible. Unrestricted sense enjoyment in this bodily condition is the path of ignorance and death. The living entities are not without spiritual senses; every living being in his original, spiritual form has all the senses, which are now materially manifested, being covered by the material body and mind. The activities of the material senses are perverted reflections of the activities of the original, spiritual senses. In his diseased condition, the spirit soul engages in material activities under the material covering. Real sense enjoyment is possible only when the disease of materialism is removed. In our pure spiritual form, free from all material contamination, real enjoyment of the senses is possible. A patient must regain his health before he can truly enjoy sense pleasure again. Thus the aim of human life should not be to enjoy perverted sense enjoyment but to cure the material disease.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Enjoyment, real enjoyment means that is nonstopping, nonstop.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG Lecture Excerpts 2.44-45, 2.58 -- New York, March 25, 1966|Lecture on BG Lecture Excerpts 2.44-45, 2.58 -- New York, March 25, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our, the present life is diseased condition, so if we want to cure this disease of repeated birth and death, then we have to restrict, restrict our bodily enjoyment, because we cannot enjoy. It is simply so-called enjoyment. Actually, we cannot enjoy this diseased condition of this body. Enjoyment, real enjoyment means that is nonstopping, nonstop.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyment is spiritual enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.7 -- Bombay, March 27, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.7 -- Bombay, March 27, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So when Kṛṣṇa says, yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānir bhavati... [Bg. 4.7]. When people become averse to God or Kṛṣṇa, they become Godless, they think themselves as God or something like that, that is dharmasya glāniḥ. So naturally, here in this material world, every one of us, we have come to enjoy. Material life means enjoyment. Enjoyment is not real enjoyment. Real enjoyment is spiritual enjoyment. Spiritual enjoyment, that is with Kṛṣṇa. That is not in the material world. So the dharmasya glāniḥ means when there is discrepancy in the understanding of spiritual identity, that is dharmasya glāniḥ.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Without being transferred to the spiritual world we cannot have real happiness or real enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.16 -- Bombay, April 7, 1971|Lecture on BG 7.16 -- Bombay, April 7, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you believe śāstra, if you have got faith in the śāstra, then you have to take this path of Kṛṣṇa consciousness in order to transfer yourself to the spiritual world. There is a spiritual world. Because we are spirit soul, without being transferred to the spiritual world we cannot have real happiness or real enjoyment. That is a fact.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyment is with our spiritual senses.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Bombay, December 29, 1972|Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Bombay, December 29, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We should understand that we are not this body. We are not this body. Our bodily enjoyment, sense gratification, that is illusion. In another place in the Bhagavad-gītā you&#039;ll find, it is said: sukham ātyantikaṁ yat tat atīndriyaṁ grāhyam. Find out that verse. Sukham ātyantikaṁ yat tad atīndriyaṁ grāhyam. We are trying to enjoy life with these material senses, but that is illusion, that is temporary. Temporary and illusion. Real enjoyment is with our spiritual senses.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyment, real varieties—everything is in the spiritual world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 15.1 -- Calcutta, February 26, 1974|Lecture on BG 15.1 -- Calcutta, February 26, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prabhupāda: ...here, ūrdhva-mūlam. Just like if you have to keep yourself, the legs are up and the head down, somebody keeps you like this, how long you will feel comfortable? If you, somebody takes your legs and catches you and your head down, then it is not very comfortable. So this whole material world is like that, ūrdhva-mūlam. The mūlam should have been down, but it is up. Therefore it is discomfortable. And another explanation is the, it is perverted reflection. We have got experience of the ūrdhva-mūlam. I think I have explained that, that a tree... On the bank of a river or the bank of a pond, tree is standing, but the reflection, we find that the same tree has become ūrdhva-mūlam and adhah-śākham. So by this statement, Kṛṣṇa says that this is not real. That reflection in the water, of the tree, is not real. Real tree is up. Similarly, real enjoyment, real varieties—everything is in the spiritual world. It is simply reflection. It is not fact. Therefore our enjoyment here is called māyā, or illusion. So in later ślokas Kṛṣṇa has described how to get out of this mayic reflection and go to the real tree. That has been described later on. Go on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyment is beyond these senses.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.33 -- Vrndavana, November 12, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.33 -- Vrndavana, November 12, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually, the enjoyment is in my mind. That is not enjoyment. That is not enjoyment. Real enjoyment is when I am free from this embodiment of five elements, gross elements, and three subtle elements. I have entered into this, and the action and reaction of these five gross elements, three subtle elements, I am enjoying. Actually, not enjoying. This is called māyā. There is no enjoyment. It is enjoyment in the mind. The mind is also material creation. Real enjoyment is beyond these senses. Sukham ātyantikaṁ yat tad atīndriya-grāhyam [Bg. 6.21]. That is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā: sukham ātyantikaṁ yat tat. The real happiness is not by these gross senses. By transcendental senses, we can enjoy sukham āt..., real happiness. Therefore, because we are not in that platform of enjoying the transcendental senses, we are trying to enjoy by these gross senses, therefore we are becoming baffled and frustrated. This is the cause of frustration. Because that is not the platform of enjoyment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyment is permanent enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.1 -- Paris, June 9, 1974|Lecture on SB 2.1.1 -- Paris, June 9, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So suffering must be there. Suffering must be there as soon as you get this material body. &amp;quot;Why suffering? We are enjoying.&amp;quot; What you are enjoying? Is there any guarantee that you&#039;ll enjoy? You have got nice building, nice road, nice car. That&#039;s all right. You are enjoying. You are thinking enjoying. But is there any guarantee that you will enjoy? Any moment, you&#039;ll be finished. Any moment. So there is no guarantee. That is not enjoyment. Real enjoyment is permanent enjoyment. Just like we construct some house, making the, what is called, foundation very strong. In your country, they make very strong foundation. But what is your foundation, sir? Is it very strong? You can be taken away at any moment. So before making the foundation strong, why don&#039;t you make your foundation strong that you shall be able to live here permanently? But that intelligence they haven&#039;t got. They&#039;ll waste time, making the house foundation very strong, not for himself. His foundation tiltering at any moment, any second. This is called yasyātma-buddhiḥ kuṇape tri-dhātu..., sa eva go-kharaḥ [SB 10.84.13].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Enjoy with Kṛṣṇa, that is your real enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.8.7 -- Los Angeles, February 10, 1975|Lecture on SB 2.8.7 -- Los Angeles, February 10, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We have got this material body. The cause was there. The cause was there that because we wanted to enjoy and did not like to serve Kṛṣṇa. This is the cause. Kṛṣṇa-bahirmukha hañā bhoga vāñchā kare. We are serving Kṛṣṇa. That is our, I mean to say, place, constitutional position, to serve Kṛṣṇa, but sometimes we desire: &amp;quot;Why shall I serve Kṛṣṇa? Why shall I serve the spiritual master? I shall enjoy. I shall enjoy.&amp;quot; But that enjoyment was there by serving Kṛṣṇa, but he wanted to become enjoyer independent of Kṛṣṇa. That is the cause of falldown. With Kṛṣṇa, you can enjoy very nicely. You have seen the picture, how with Kṛṣṇa the gopīs are nicely dancing, enjoying; the cowherd boys are playing. Enjoy with Kṛṣṇa, that is your real enjoyment. But without Kṛṣṇa, when you want to enjoy, that is māyā. That is māyā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Therefore real enjoyment is in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s company.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.33-34 -- Bombay, December 3, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.33-34 -- Bombay, December 3, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Because our original constitutional position is... Kṛṣṇa, or God, created us to enjoy the company. Just like we are sitting together; we are enjoying. Suppose you had..., none of you would have come here, so what I would have enjoyed alone? So variety is the mother of enjoyment. Therefore real enjoyment is in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s company.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is not real enjoyment. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our life means we are enjoying some rasa, some relationship. I enjoy in the family with my children. There is some rasa. They are calling me &amp;quot;father.&amp;quot; I am enjoying. Or somebody is calling me as &amp;quot;son.&amp;quot; I am enjoying. Some woman is calling me &amp;quot;husband.&amp;quot; I am enjoying. Some woman I am calling, &amp;quot;wife.&amp;quot; Some person I am calling &amp;quot;servant,&amp;quot; and he is calling me... These relationship we enjoy. But this enjoyment is shadow. This is not real enjoyment. We have no information. This enjoyment can be achieved in the similar way with Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement means to give them idea of real enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.25 -- Chicago, July 9, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.25 -- Chicago, July 9, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement means to give them idea of real enjoyment. If... So real enjoyment means that when you are uncontaminated with this material body. Spiritual enjoyment. Now we are trying to enjoy with this body. The body is senses. Indriyāṇi parāṇy āhuḥ. Bodily enjoy means the sense enjoyment. Indriyāṇi parāṇy āhur indriyebhyaḥ paraṁ manaḥ, manasas tu parā buddhiḥ [Bg. 3.42]. In this way we have to understand that this body is false; therefore the bodily enjoyment is also false. That they cannot understand. This is their misfortune. Therefore one who does not understand in the beginning of spiritual life that &amp;quot;I am not this body. I am different from body...&amp;quot; Then his spiritual life begins. Otherwise, cats and dogs and everyone is engaged with this bodily enjoyment. So long we shall be captivated by this bodily enjoyment, we are in the groups of animals. That&#039;s all.&lt;br /&gt;
:yasyātma-buddhiḥ kuṇape tri-dhātuke&lt;br /&gt;
:sva-dhīḥ kalatrādiṣu bhauma ijya-dhīḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:yat-tīrtha-buddhiḥ salile na karhicij&lt;br /&gt;
:janeṣv abhijñeṣu sa eva go-kharaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:[SB 10.84.13]&lt;br /&gt;
Animals. The whole world is going on in a way which is animal civilization. So if you want to be happy, you have to come to the spiritual platform, reality. That is wanted, thorough overhauling. They should know perfectly well that &amp;quot;We are after false enjoyment. We have to come to the platform of real enjoyment.&amp;quot; Somebody is mistaking that &amp;quot;Real enjoyment, there cannot be any varieties. If there are varieties, then what is the difference between this and that?&amp;quot; So these varieties are different in quality. This is material quality, and that is spiritual quality. They have no distinction between matter and spirit. They cannot understand this exactly like cats and dogs.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So this bodily enjoyment is false, real enjoyment (is) of the spirit.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Bombay, January 10, 1973|The Nectar of Devotion -- Bombay, January 10, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this bodily enjoyment is false, real enjoyment (is) of the spirit. Therefore it is said, ramante yoginaḥ anante. They want to enjoy life with Ananta, Kṛṣṇa. They want to become friend of Kṛṣṇa. They want to become lover of Kṛṣṇa. They want to become servant of Kṛṣṇa. They want to become father of Kṛṣṇa. They want to become māyā of Kṛṣṇa. The same thing, as we are pervertedly enjoying in this material, the same thing is there (in) spiritual life. That is Kṛṣṇa exhibiting. When He appears on this earth, He practically shows how you can enjoy also with Him. That is Vṛndāvana līlā. Practical manifestation. But we are not taking to that. We are taking this Vṛndāvana līlā of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa is māyā, Vṛndāvana is laya.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real enjoyment is devotion. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Calcutta, January 29, 1973|The Nectar of Devotion -- Calcutta, January 29, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;Yes. Three kinds of happinesses, bhoga, tyāga, and bhakti, sevā. Bhoga tyāga sevā. The karmīs, they are after bhoga, sense enjoyment. And the jñānīs, they are after another side of negation of sense enjoyment. When one is fed up with sense enjoyment... Just like in your country, the young boys, they are practically fed up with the way of sense enjoyment as their fathers and grandfathers had done. So in the name of tyāga, renunciation, they have taken another kind of sense enjoyment—intoxication, unrestricted sex. So this is also another sense enjoyment. Bhoga and tyāga. Real enjoyment is devotion. There is a very practical example. Just like if you get all of a sudden a certain amount of money, say, one hundred rupees note lying on the street, if you get... Or lying here. So if you take it, your conscience will beat, because that does not belong to you. You have picked up. You&#039;ll always think, &amp;quot;Oh, I am taking somebody&#039;s money. Whose money it was? I&#039;m doing some sinful.&amp;quot; In this way, your mind will disturb. So that is the taking. And similarly, if you don&#039;t take, if you leave it there, then you&#039;ll also be disturbed. You&#039;ll think, &amp;quot;Somebody has left this money here. So I did not collect it. Somebody will collect it, and he&#039;ll take it away. This is not nice.&amp;quot; The best thing is that you pick it up and, if you deliver to the person who has lost the money or who has left that money. Three things. The one thing is bhoga, if you take yourself. And if you don&#039;t take, that is tyāga. And if you pick it up and deliver to the right person, that is devotion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So we are seeking pleasure within this material world. That is imitation. That is not real enjoyment. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Varaha-dvadasi, Lord Varaha&#039;s Appearance Day Lecture -- Bhuvanesvara, January 31, 1977|Varaha-dvadasi, Lord Varaha&#039;s Appearance Day Lecture -- Bhuvanesvara, January 31, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Kṛṣṇa comes therefore, personally appears and exhibits His enjoying love in Vṛndāvana. He brings His friends, His girl-friends, boy-friends, everything, His father, His mother, and shows that &amp;quot;The enjoyment which you are seeking, that is there in the spiritual world with Me. See how I am enjoying.&amp;quot; Just so that we may have our brain cleared that if we enjoy with Kṛṣṇa, we can enjoy the dance, the paternal love, the conjugal love, the friendly playing with boys, with animals, who is in the garden, in the forest, in the water-same thing is there. Everything is there, all the sporting, but spiritual. So this is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s līlā. Ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis [Bs. 5.37]. So we are seeking pleasure within this material world. That is imitation. That is not real enjoyment. But the basic principle of enjoyment is there. Here there is imitation enjoyment, love between young boy young girl. So wherefrom it comes? It is there in Kṛṣṇa. Otherwise how it can come? It is not possible. Janmādy asya yataḥ [SB 1.1.1]. This loving exchange between young boy, young girl is there. Kṛṣṇa is also enjoying there. The gopīs, the young girls, Kṛṣṇa is young... The exchange of love between father and son, mother and son; the exchange of love between friend and friend, the exchange of love between animal and man...&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Enjoyment is our aim also—but real enjoyment. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- October 2, 1975, Mauritius|Morning Walk -- October 2, 1975, Mauritius]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Enjoy, but where is your enjoyment? Come to the practical point. Where is your enjoyment? You are simply suffering. That is their rascaldom. They are suffering; still, they say, &amp;quot;I am enjoying.&amp;quot; This is called illusion, māyā. Enjoy. That we also say, that we are trying to take you to a certain place, kingdom of God or back..., where you will enjoy. Enjoy... Ānandamayo &#039;bhyāsāt (Vedānta-sūtra 1.1.12). That enjoy is our aim. But where is your enjoyment here? That is your rascaldom. There is no enjoyment; still, you say, &amp;quot;We shall enjoy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cyavana: Their propaganda leads people to think that they can enjoy... That it&#039;s possible here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: They&#039;re misleading. That is misleading. We have to check that. That is our Kṛṣṇa consciousness move..., that... They are not enjoying, and these rascals misleading them that they are enjoying. [break] Enjoyment is our aim also—but real enjoyment. Ramante yogino &#039;nante satyānande. Satyānanda. Not this ānanda, temporary ānanda.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The real enjoyment in this material world is sex.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation on Roof -- December 26, 1975, Sanand|Conversation on Roof -- December 26, 1975, Sanand]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Not prophylactic. Technical name. So, but that was not enjoyable. So then they discovered pills. So covered enjoyment is not enjoyment. It is not complete enjoyment. The same.... The real enjoyment in this material world is sex. Now if we want to enjoy sex, covered with coats and pants, is that enjoyment is pleasing?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you remain in your spiritual body, that is real enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- June 10, 1976, Los Angeles|Room Conversation -- June 10, 1976, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, we are not irresponsible to the death. Death, although we have to meet death, we are making provision that after death we become happy. Happy, of course, for us, even in living condition or dead condition, there is happiness, but it will take time to understand. But taking superficially, death is not very pleasing, so after death, that is mentioned in the Bha.... Tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma [Bg. 4.9], we do not get again a material body. This is final. The material body is the cause of pains and pleasure. So if you don&#039;t get the material body, if you remain in your spiritual body, that is real enjoyment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;That is enjoyment, real enjoyment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 14, 1976, Detroit|Garden Conversation -- June 14, 1976, Detroit]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Panwanna(?), puṣpānna, kijeranna(?), so many things. What is that? If you kill the cow you get the meat only one time. But if you allow the cow to live and take milk, and from milk you can make hundreds and thousands of preparations. That is enjoyment, real enjoyment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Conquest&amp;diff=87267</id>
		<title>Conquest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Conquest&amp;diff=87267"/>
		<updated>2009-05-31T12:21:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;conquest&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;conquests&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Archana| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=5|CC=1|OB=2|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|10}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conquer|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.2.4|SB 1.2.4, Translation]]: Before reciting this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is the very means of conquest, one should offer respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, unto Nara-nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi, the supermost human being, unto mother Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning, and unto Śrīla Vyāsadeva, the author.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lord had to execute the plan of establishing the kingdom of virtue, and therefore His own devotees suffered temporarily in order to establish the conquest of virtue.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.9.16|SB 1.9.16, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The bewilderment of Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira over his past sinful acts and the resultant sufferings, etc., is completely negated by the great authority Bhīṣma (one of the twelve authorized persons). Bhīṣma wanted to impress upon Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira that since time immemorial no one, including such demigods as Śiva and Brahmā, could ascertain the real plan of the Lord. So what can we understand about it? It is useless also to inquire about it. Even the exhaustive philosophical inquiries of sages cannot ascertain the plan of the Lord. The best policy is simply to abide by the orders of the Lord without argument. The sufferings of the Pāṇḍavas were never due to their past deeds. The Lord had to execute the plan of establishing the kingdom of virtue, and therefore His own devotees suffered temporarily in order to establish the conquest of virtue. Bhīṣmadeva was certainly satisfied by seeing the triumph of virtue, and he was glad to see King Yudhiṣṭhira on the throne, although he himself fought against him. Even a great fighter like Bhīṣma could not win the Battle of Kurukṣetra because the Lord wanted to show that vice cannot conquer virtue, regardless of who tries to execute it. Bhīṣmadeva was a great devotee of the Lord, but he chose to fight against the Pāṇḍavas by the will of the Lord because the Lord wanted to show that a fighter like Bhīṣma cannot win on the wrong side.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.70.24|SB 10.70.24, Translation]]: Twenty thousand kings who had refused to submit absolutely to Jarāsandha during his world conquest had been forcibly imprisoned by him in the fortress named Girivraja.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.83.40|SB 10.83.40, Translation]]: Rohiṇī-devi, speaking for the other queens, said: After killing Bhaumāsura and his followers, the Lord found us in the demon&#039;s prison and could understand that we were the daughters of the kings whom Bhauma had defeated during his conquest of the earth. The Lord set us free, and because we had been constantly meditating upon His lotus feet, the source of liberation from material entanglement, He agreed to marry us, though His every desire is already fulfilled.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.83.40|SB 10.83.40, Translation]]: Rohiṇī-devi, speaking for the other queens, said: After killing Bhaumāsura and his followers, the Lord found us in the demon&#039;s prison and could understand that we were the daughters of the kings whom Bhauma had defeated during his conquest of the earth. The Lord set us free, and because we had been constantly meditating upon His lotus feet, the source of liberation from material entanglement, He agreed to marry us, though His every desire is already fulfilled.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 15.33|CC Madhya 15.33, Translation]]: On the day celebrating the conquest of Laṅkā—a day known as Vijayā-daśamī—Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu dressed up all His devotees as monkey soldiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Being thus puffed up with his conquest, Jarasandha was repeatedly laughing.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 51|Nectar of Devotion 51]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Kṛṣṇa was fleeing from the battlefield, from a distant place Jarāsandha was watching Him with restless eyes and was feeling very proud. Being thus puffed up with his conquest, he was repeatedly laughing. This is an example of aparasa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We see how a puny conscious being like a crow defecates fearlessly on the head of a stone statue of some hero, thus demonstrating the conquest of dynamic spirit over dead matter.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 3.5|Renunciation Through Wisdom 3.5]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Māyāvādīs are confused as to whether refuting the existence of consciousness or accepting it will give them contentment. The conscious beings always control inert matter. A simple example proves this point: we see how a puny conscious being like a crow defecates fearlessly on the head of a stone statue of some hero, thus demonstrating the conquest of dynamic spirit over dead matter. Only those with stonelike intelligence will try to make the supreme conscious being into an unfeeling, formless object. Such an attempt is utter foolishness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; But where is the conquest of nature?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Charles Darwin|Philosophy Discussion on Charles Darwin]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So, in the (indistinct) stage, we are dependent on the laws of nature, and we still, we are declaring we are free from any control. We are making our own proposition and theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Karandhara: They&#039;re always saying their conquest over nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But where is the conquest of nature? Now if there is a mistake of two degrees, you have to go round forever. What is the independence? Vikathante. The exact word used in this connection in the Bhāgavata, that these people talks all nonsense, vikatha. Under the influence of illusory energy they have become mad, and they are talking all nonsense.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Guru-gauranga -- Melbourne 11 February, 1973|Letter to Guru-gauranga -- Melbourne 11 February, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very much encouraged to hear of your increased Sankirtana movement and your return to Geneva to open up still another chapter in Lord Caitanya&#039;s conquest of the world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Siksa-guru&amp;diff=83012</id>
		<title>Siksa-guru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Siksa-guru&amp;diff=83012"/>
		<updated>2009-04-12T12:59:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* 1969 Correspondence */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;siksa-guru&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=2|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=4|Let=4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|14}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:siksa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Guru]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to śāstric injunctions, there is no difference between śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru, and generally the śikṣā-guru later on becomes the dīkṣā-guru. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.12.32|SB 4.12.32, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Dhruva had a feeling of obligation to his mother, Sunīti. It was Sunīti who had given him the clue which had now enabled him to be personally carried to the Vaikuṇṭha planet by the associates of Lord Viṣṇu. He now remembered her and wanted to take her with him. Actually, Dhruva Mahārāja&#039;s mother, Sunīti, was his patha-pradarśaka-guru. Patha-pradarśaka-guru means &amp;quot;the guru, or the spiritual master, who shows the way.&amp;quot; Such a guru is sometimes called śikṣā-guru. Although Nārada Muni was his dīkṣā-guru (initiating spiritual master), Sunīti, his mother, was the first who gave him instruction on how to achieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is the duty of the śikṣā-guru or dīkṣā-guru to instruct the disciple in the right way, and it depends on the disciple to execute the process. According to śāstric injunctions, there is no difference between śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru, and generally the śikṣā-guru later on becomes the dīkṣā-guru. Sunīti, however, being a woman, and specifically his mother, could not become Dhruva Mahārāja&#039;s dīkṣā-guru. Still, he was not less obliged to Sunīti. There was no question of carrying Nārada Muni to Vaikuṇṭhaloka, but Dhruva Mahārāja thought of his mother.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrī Govindajī acts exactly like the śikṣā-guru (instructing spiritual master) by teaching Arjuna the Bhagavad-gītā.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 1.47|CC Adi 1.47, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī is the ideal spiritual master, for he delivers one the shelter of the lotus feet of Madana-mohana. Even though one may be unable to travel on the field of Vṛndāvana due to forgetfulness of his relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he can get an adequate opportunity to stay in Vṛndāvana and derive all spiritual benefits by the mercy of Sanātana Gosvāmī. Śrī Govindajī acts exactly like the śikṣā-guru (instructing spiritual master) by teaching Arjuna the Bhagavad-gītā. He is the original preceptor, for He gives us instructions and an opportunity to serve Him. The initiating spiritual master is a personal manifestation of Śrīla Madana-mohana vigraha, whereas the instructing spiritual master is a personal representative of Śrīla Govindadeva vigraha. Both of these Deities are worshiped at Vṛndāvana. Śrīla Gopīnātha is the ultimate attraction in spiritual realization.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The spiritual master who gives instructions for elevation is called the śikṣā-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 8.128|CC Madhya 8.128, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is stated in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa that one should not accept initiation from a person who is not in the brahminical order if there is a fit person in the brahminical order present. This instruction is meant for those who are overly dependent on the mundane social order and is suitable for those who want to remain in mundane life. If one understands the truth of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and seriously desires to attain transcendental knowledge for the perfection of life, he can accept a spiritual master from any social status, provided the spiritual master is fully conversant with the science of Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura also states that although one is situated as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, brahmacārī, vānaprastha, gṛhastha or sannyāsī, if he is conversant in the science of Kṛṣṇa he can become a spiritual master as vartma-pradarśaka-guru, dīkṣā-guru or śikṣā-guru. The spiritual master who first gives information about spiritual life is called the vartma-pradarśaka-guru, the spiritual master who initiates according to the regulations of the śāstras is called the dīkṣā-guru, and the spiritual master who gives instructions for elevation is called the śikṣā-guru. Factually the qualifications of a spiritual master depend on his knowledge of the science of Kṛṣṇa. It does not matter whether he is a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, sannyāsī or śūdra. This injunction given by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is not at all against the injunctions of the śāstras. In the Padma Purāṇa it is said:&lt;br /&gt;
:na śūdrā bhagavad-bhaktās te ’pi bhāgavatottamāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:sarva-varṇeṣu te śūdrā ye na bhaktā janārdane&lt;br /&gt;
One who is actually advanced in spiritual knowledge of Kṛṣṇa is never a śūdra, even though he may have been born in a śūdra family. However, even if a vipra, or brāhmaṇa, is very expert in the six brahminical activities (paṭhana, pāṭhana, yajana, yājana, dāna, pratigraha) and is also well versed in the Vedic hymns, he cannot become a spiritual master unless he is a Vaiṣṇava. But if one is born in the family of caṇḍālas yet is well versed in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he can become a guru. These are the śāstric injunctions, and strictly following these injunctions, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as a gṛhastha named Śrī Viśvambhara, was initiated by a sannyāsī-guru named Īśvara Purī. Similarly, Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu was initiated by Mādhavendra Purī, a sannyāsī. According to others, however, He was initiated by Lakṣmīpati Tīrtha. Advaita Ācārya, although a gṛhastha, was initiated by Mādhavendra Purī, and Śrī Rasikānanda, although born in a brāhmaṇa family, was initiated by Śrī Śyāmānanda Prabhu, who was not born in a caste brāhmaṇa family. There are many instances in which a born brāhmaṇa took initiation from a person who was not born in a brāhmaṇa family. The brahminical symptoms are explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.11.35), wherein it is stated:&lt;br /&gt;
:yasya yal-lakṣaṇaṁ proktaṁ puṁso varṇābhivyañjakam&lt;br /&gt;
:yad anyatrāpi dṛśyeta tat tenaiva vinirdiśet&lt;br /&gt;
If a person is born in a śūdra family but has all the qualities of a spiritual master, he should be accepted not only as a brāhmaṇa but as a qualified spiritual master also. This is also the instruction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura therefore introduced the sacred thread ceremony for all Vaiṣṇavas according to the rules and regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes a Vaiṣṇava who is a bhajanānandī does not take the sāvitra-saṁskāra (sacred thread initiation), but this does not mean that this system should be used for preaching work. There are two kinds of Vaiṣṇavas—bhajanānandī and goṣṭhy-ānandī. A bhajanānandī is not interested in preaching work, but a goṣṭhy-ānandī is interested in spreading Kṛṣṇa consciousness to benefit the people and increase the number of Vaiṣṇavas. A Vaiṣṇava is understood to be above the position of a brāhmaṇa. As a preacher, he should be recognized as a brāhmaṇa; otherwise there may be a misunderstanding of his position as a Vaiṣṇava. However, a Vaiṣṇava brāhmaṇa is not selected on the basis of his birth but according to his qualities. Unfortunately, those who are unintelligent do not know the difference between a brāhmaṇa and a Vaiṣṇava. They are under the impression that unless one is a brāhmaṇa he cannot be a spiritual master. For this reason only, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu makes the statement in this verse:&lt;br /&gt;
:kibā vipra, kibā nyāsī, śūdra kene naya&lt;br /&gt;
:yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā, sei ‘guru’ haya&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Madhya 8.128]&lt;br /&gt;
If one becomes a guru, he is automatically a brāhmaṇa. Sometimes a caste guru says that ye kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā, sei guru haya means that one who is not a brāhmaṇa may become a śikṣā-guru or a vartma-pradarśaka-guru but not an initiator guru. According to such caste gurus, birth and family ties are considered foremost. However, the hereditary consideration is not acceptable to Vaiṣṇavas. The word guru is equally applicable to the vartma-pradarśaka-guru, śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru. Unless we accept the principle enunciated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement cannot spread all over the world. According to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s intentions, pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi-grāma sarvatra pracāra haibe mora nāma. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s cult must be preached all over the world. This does not mean that people should take to His teachings and remain śūdras or caṇḍālas. As soon as one is trained as a pure Vaiṣṇava, he must be accepted as a bona fide brāhmaṇa. This is the essence of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions in this verse.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The spiritual master who instructs the disciple about spiritual matters is called the śikṣā-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 80|Krsna Book 80]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; My dear friend, everyone should consider his father to be his first teacher because by the mercy of one’s father one gets this body. The father is therefore the natural spiritual master. Our next spiritual master is he who initiates us into transcendental knowledge, and he is to be worshiped as much as I am. The spiritual master may be more than one. The spiritual master who instructs the disciple about spiritual matters is called the śikṣā-guru, and the spiritual master who initiates the disciple is called the dīkṣā-guru. Both of them are My representatives. There may be many spiritual masters who instruct, but the initiator spiritual master is one. A human being who takes advantage of these spiritual masters and, receiving proper knowledge from them, crosses the ocean of material existence is to be understood as having properly utilized his human form of life. He has practical knowledge that the ultimate interest of life, which is to be gained only in this human form, is to achieve spiritual perfection and thus be transferred back home, back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A śikṣā-guru who instructs against the instruction of spiritual, he is not a śikṣā guru. He is a demon.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 17.1-3 -- Honolulu, July 4, 1974|Lecture on BG 17.1-3 -- Honolulu, July 4, 1974]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sudāmā: The question also is there: the authority is the spiritual master, but the via media to the spiritual master... The difference between, like we were discussing in the automobile of śikṣā and dīkṣā-guru.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then so śikṣā and dīkṣā-guru... A śikṣā-guru who instructs against the instruction of spiritual, he is not a śikṣā guru. He is a demon. Śikṣā-guru, dīkṣā-guru means... Sometimes a dīkṣā-guru is not present always. Therefore one can take learning, instruction, from an advanced devotee. That is called the śikṣā-guru. Śikṣā-guru does not mean he is speaking something against the teachings of the dīkṣā-guru. He is not a śikṣā-guru. He is a rascal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woman Devotee: People are instructing with these sessions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: (Ignoring question) Because that is offense. Guror avajñā. First offense is guror avajñā, defying the authority of guru. This is the first offense. So one who is offensive, how he can make advance in chanting? He cannot make. Then everything is finished in the beginning. Guror avajñā. Everything is there. If one is disobeying the spiritual master, he cannot remain in the pure status of life. He cannot be śikṣā-guru or anything else. He is finished, immediately. Guror avajñā śruti-śāstra-nindanam, nāmno balād yasya hi... You do not study all these things. You become initiated. There are ten kinds of offenses. Do you have any regard for these things or not? You must avoid these ten kinds of offenses. The first offense is to disobey the orders of guru. That is first offense. So if you are offensive, how you can become advanced by chanting? That is also not possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So there is no difference between śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru and Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa manifests Himself externally as śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, October 29, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, October 29, 1972]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradyumna: &amp;quot;In other words, energy is a sort of strength, and this strength can be spiritualized by the mercy of both the bona fide spiritual master and Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Guru-kṛṣṇa-kṛpāya pāya bhakti-latā-bīja [Cc. Madhya 19.151]. We have to acquire this energy through the mercy of guru and Kṛṣṇa. So Kṛṣṇa is within as caitya-guru, and when we are serious He comes out as the spiritual master. Śikṣā-guru, dīkṣā-guru. So there is no difference between śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru and Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa manifests Himself externally as śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru. Go on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1967 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So my original guru is that spiritual master who initiated me, but he&#039;s also a śikṣā-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Discourse on Lord Caitanya Play Between Srila Prabhupada and Hayagriva -- April 5-6, 1967, San Francisco|Discourse on Lord Caitanya Play Between Srila Prabhupada and Hayagriva -- April 5-6, 1967, San Francisco]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Sannyāsa, there is a ceremony. Just like we have got the initiation ceremony.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: Did He have a spiritual master?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So He accepted spiritual... Not spiritual master, but a sannyāsa-guru. That is also master, but he&#039;s not spiritual master. But he&#039;s also considered as sannyāsa-guru, spiritual master who offers him sannyāsa. Just like myself, I took initiation from my Guru Maharaja, but I took sannyāsa from a Godbrother who is a sannyāsī. So my original guru is that spiritual master who initiated me, but he&#039;s also a śikṣā-guru. Like that. Teacher. Then His renunciation of householder. He became sannyāsa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He was treating Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura as his śikṣa-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Questions and Answers -- Montreal, August 26, 1968|Questions and Answers -- Montreal, August 26, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: Does our line of succession go directly to Gaurakiśora dasa Bābājī or to Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. Because he was treating Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura as his śikṣa-guru, preceptor guru, so it is in the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: But is Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura directly in succession from Lord Caitanya?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: And Gaurakiśora dasa Bābājī also?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Therefore there is no difference between śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru because if he&#039;s actually guru, he&#039;ll not say anything which Kṛṣṇa has not spoken. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- January 31, 1977, Bhuvanesvara|Room Conversation -- January 31, 1977, Bhuvanesvara]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: &amp;quot;It is folly to be wise where ignorance is bliss.&amp;quot; This is the... The world is full of rascals and fools. So if you speak something sanity, they will take &amp;quot;Insanity.&amp;quot; That is the difficulty. Two things are there, one spirit, one matter. They ignore spirit completely. Although they cannot understand, cannot replace. Just like the body. The body is smashed, but what was the element keeping the body? This simple thing they cannot understand. There are two things, matter and spirit. Unfortunate. When we speak of spirit, they take it as brainwash. So fool. So you can take it so long I am resting. [break] ...correctly. Then the dīkṣā-guru (microphone moving). If you like... Then he is dīkṣā-guru. Then guru. So śikṣā-guru becomes dīkṣā-guru. But guru means one who knows the science of Kṛṣṇa and teaches properly. That&#039;s all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Are you knowing people take dīkṣā from many gurus?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, dīkṣā-guru is one. But śikṣā-guru can be many.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): But suppose dīkṣā gurus or people take one mantra from one guru and other one...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then you have not selected guru. You have selected some rascal. Guru can be..., cannot be different. Guru means one who knows the science of Kṛṣṇa. Yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā sei guru haya [Cc. Madhya 8.128]. Anyone who knows the science... So suppose if you want to become medical man, you must go to a qualified medical man to learn. And if you go to a pānwālā, what he&#039;ll teach you? That is your mistake. Guru cannot be different. Guru is one, one who knows the science of Kṛṣṇa. If he does not know, then he is not guru. Why should you go there?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): How should we know that he knows about Kṛṣṇa?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That requires your fortune. Little intelligence. Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, ei rūpe brahmāṇḍa bhramite kona bhāgyavān jīva [Cc. Madhya 19.151]. That intelligence is for the most fortunate person. That is not ordinary thing. But guru means who knows the science of Kṛṣṇa. If you go to a bogus man, that is your misfortune. So this is the description of guru, yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā sei guru haya, Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s statement.&lt;br /&gt;
:kibā vipra kibā nyāsī śūdra kene naya&lt;br /&gt;
:yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā sei guru haya&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Madhya 8.128]&lt;br /&gt;
It doesn&#039;t matter whether he is a sannyāsī or gṛhastha or a brāhmaṇa or śūdra. It doesn&#039;t matter. If he knows the science of Kṛṣṇa, then he remains guru.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Science of Kṛṣṇa. If he knows about Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā, or anything else...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: To know about Kṛṣṇa. It is not also difficult. Science of Kṛṣṇa is there, Bhagavad-gītā. Kṛṣṇa speaks Himself. So to know the science of Kṛṣṇa is also not difficult. But because we are unfortunate, we go to rascal, and they interpret Bhagavad-gītā in a rascaldom way, and we are missing. So you should be very careful not to go to a rascal. Then your mission will be successful. If you want to purchase gold, you must go to a shop where actually gold is purchased, gold. If you do not know, then you&#039;ll be cheated. That is not also very difficult. That I have repeatedly said. Those who are interpreting in their own way, Bhagavad-gītā, he&#039;s a rascal; he&#039;s not guru. (loud kīrtana in background) As soon as he says an interpretation, &amp;quot;I think like this,&amp;quot; you reject that. Why should we think like that? You should preach what Kṛṣṇa says. Then you are right. Why should you say something which Kṛṣṇa does not say? Then you are misguided. He does not know Kṛṣṇa. He&#039;s not kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā. So he&#039;s cheating. That is going on. Kṛṣṇa says, sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66], and these rascals say, &amp;quot;It is not to Kṛṣṇa person.&amp;quot; So he&#039;s a rascal. He&#039;s taking Kṛṣṇa&#039;s book and preaching against it. So what will be benefit if you go to such a rascal? Therefore there is no difference between śikṣā-guru and dīkṣā-guru because if he&#039;s actually guru, he&#039;ll not say anything which Kṛṣṇa has not spoken. Yāre dekha tāre kaha &#039;kṛṣṇa&#039;-upadeśa. So guru is that. Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra&#039; ei deśa: [Cc. Madhya 7.128] &amp;quot;You become a guru.&amp;quot; And what is the function of the guru? Yāre dekha tāre kaha &#039;kṛṣṇa&#039;-upadeśa. That is there. You haven&#039;t got to manufacture any instruction. Whatever is said in the Bhagavad-gītā, you say.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So Vaiṣṇava accepts everyone as guru, śikṣā-guru, dīkṣā-guru, then tīrtha-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation: Bogus Gurus -- April 25, 1977, Bombay|Conversation: Bogus Gurus -- April 25, 1977, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Hm. Vaiṣṇava-aparādha. The weak and the fools, they will be victimized. What can be done? Tīrtha-guru, the pāṇḍā is accepted tīrtha-guru... That... But he takes to Jagannātha temple and other holy places, gives him instruction about the holy places and so on, so on, shelter, food, in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Hm. There is such a thing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Because I am unknown, so he helps me in every respect. So Vaiṣṇava accepts everyone as guru, śikṣā-guru, dīkṣā-guru, then tīrtha-guru. This is no harm. But what is this rascal, &amp;quot;No, no, you cannot sit down here. You take the flag and pay me hundred rupees?&amp;quot; if you are so rascal, who can save you?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because you are my disciple and I think, a sincere soul, it is my duty to refer you to someone who is competent to act as siksa-guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Hrsikesa -- Los Angeles 31 January, 1969|Letter to Hrsikesa -- Los Angeles 31 January, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I suspect that you have interest in taking instruction from some siksa-guru, but in this connection, because you are my disciple and I think, a sincere soul, it is my duty to refer you to someone who is competent to act as siksa guru. This Bon Maharaja, perhaps you do not know, has been rejected by Guru Maharaja. So I cannot recommend him as siksa guru. I think that he has no actual spiritual asset. For spiritual advancement of life, we must go to one who is actually practicing spiritual life; not to some head of a mundane institution, not to one who has offended his Spiritual Master in so many ways. I do not wish to go into all details here, but I must inform you that this Bon Maharaja may be considered as a black snake, and at the time of His Disappearance, my Guru Maharaja did not even wish to have him in His presence due to the character of this Bon Maharaja. So if you are actually serious to take instructions from a siksa guru, I can refer you to one who is most highly competent of all my god-brothers. This is B.R. Sridhara Maharaja, whom I consider to be even my siksa guru, so what to speak of the benefit that you can have from his association. He is living in Navadvipa, and if you like, I can give you letter of introduction as well as I will send him letter to allow you to stay there with him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Spiritual Master is divided into two parts; namely, siksa-guru and diksa guru. So officially Bhaktivinode Thakura was like siksa-guru of Gaura Kisora das Babaji Maharaja.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dayananda -- Allston, Mass 1 May, 1969|Letter to Dayananda -- Allston, Mass 1 May, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So far as your second question, Thakura Bhaktivinode was not official Spiritual Master of Gaura Kisora dasa Babaji Maharaja. Gaura Kisora dasa Babaji Maharaja was already renounced order, Paramahamsa, but Thakura Bhaktivinode, while He was even playing the part of a householder, was treated by Gaura Kisora dasa Babaji Maharaja as Preceptor, on account of His highly elevated spiritual understanding, and thus He was always treating Him as His Spiritual Master. The Spiritual Master is divided into two parts; namely, siksa-guru and diksa guru. So officially Bhaktivinode Thakura was like siksa-guru of Gaura Kisora das Babaji Maharaja.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krishna helps us from within as Caitya Guru and He expands Himself externally as Siksa-Guru (as instructor) and diksa Guru (initiator).&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sivananda -- New Vrindaban 21 May, 1969|Letter to Sivananda -- New Vrindaban 21 May, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your question of Paramatma: you are fortunate enough for your sincere service, Krishna as Paramatma Who is sitting within your heart is now dictating. Krishna is so kind that He wants to help us as Spiritual Master in two ways. He helps us from within as Caitya Guru and He expands Himself externally as Siksa-Guru (as instructor) and diksa Guru (initiator). So the principle is that whatever you are instructed by the Caitya Guru internally may be confirmed by the instructor or initiator externally. Then your progress will be complete.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If Kirtanananda Maharaja speaks what I speak, then he can be taken a siksa- guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satyabhama, Paramananda -- New Vrindaban 20 July, 1974|Letter to Satyabhama, Paramananda -- New Vrindaban 20 July, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If Kirtanananda Maharaja speaks what I speak, then he can be taken a siksa-guru. Guru sastra sadhu. The spiritual master is one, that is a fact. Kirtanananda Swami may be taken a sadhu not spiritual master, or as instructor guru. I don&#039;t think he is saying anything against our principles, so what is the wrong?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Practical_understanding&amp;diff=82995</id>
		<title>Practical understanding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Practical_understanding&amp;diff=82995"/>
		<updated>2009-04-12T11:55:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* General Lectures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;practical understanding&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;understand practically&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;understand practical&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;understand. Practically&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;understand, practical&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Oct08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=11|Con=6|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|20}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Practical]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Understanding]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone seriously interested in deriving benefit by studying the Bhagavad-gītā must take help from the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement for practical understanding of Bhagavad-gītā under the direct guidance of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG Preface|BG Preface]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Instead of satisfying his own personal material senses, he has to satisfy the senses of the Lord. That is the highest perfection of life. The Lord wants this, and He demands it. One has to understand this central point of Bhagavad-gītā. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is teaching the whole world this central point, and because we are not polluting the theme of Bhagavad-gītā As It Is, anyone seriously interested in deriving benefit by studying the Bhagavad-gītā must take help from the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement for practical understanding of Bhagavad-gītā under the direct guidance of the Lord. We hope, therefore, that people will derive the greatest benefit by studying Bhagavad-gītā As It Is as we have presented it here, and if even one man becomes a pure devotee of the Lord, we shall consider our attempt a success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So talking is theoretical understanding and when you realize that is practical understanding.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.11-18 -- Los Angeles, January 8, 1969|Lecture on BG 4.11-18 -- Los Angeles, January 8, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Young Woman: How do you (indistinct) Kṛṣṇa? By talking about it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. These people are not talking. They are realized. Talking is the beginning but there is realization. Just like when I did not come to your country I was talking that &amp;quot;America is like this.&amp;quot; But now when I have come to America I realize what is America. So talking is theoretical understanding and when you realize that is practical understanding. One is called jñāna, other is called vijñāna. So jñāna and vijñāna both things are there, theoretical and practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Young Woman: So how to realize Kṛṣṇa?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You have to adopt the process. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa says, jñānaṁ te &#039;haṁ sa-vijñānam. This knowledge, with practical understanding, sa-vijñānam. Vijñānam means practical application.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1-3 -- Ahmedabad, December 14, 1972|Lecture on BG 7.1-3 -- Ahmedabad, December 14, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kavirāja Gosvāmī recommends that &amp;quot;Try to understand Kṛṣṇa in truth.&amp;quot; And another place it is said,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-dayā karaha vicāra&lt;br /&gt;
:vicāra karile citte pābe camatkāra&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Ādi 8.15]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not blindly accepted, this Kṛṣṇa consciousness. With considerable deliberation, we take the decision. All the ācāryas, they have taken decision. Therefore in the next verse Kṛṣṇa says, jñānaṁ te &#039;haṁ sa-vijñānam. This knowledge, with practical understanding, sa-vijñānam. Vijñānam means practical application. We understand Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme. He&#039;s the creator of this cosmic manifestation. He&#039;s the Supreme. We are all subordinate. This is jñānam. And sa-vijñānam, when it is practically applied, that means when you take to devotional service, then it is practically application, practicing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just try to understand practically. You have to make them a human being. If you keep them dogs and cats, there cannot be any peace.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 9.3 -- Melbourne, April 21, 1976|Lecture on BG 9.3 -- Melbourne, April 21, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You bring some dogs from America and from Australia and from India and put them together and ask them, &amp;quot;Please live very peacefully.&amp;quot; (laughter) If you keep them as dogs they will simply bark. There will be no more peace. Just try to understand practically. You have to make them a human being. If you keep them dogs and cats, there cannot be any peace.&lt;br /&gt;
This is really knowledge. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is giving such knowledge that they will never remain a dog or cat; they will become actual human being. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Try to understand. Practically it is all bogus.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.9.16 -- Tokyo, April 30, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.9.16 -- Tokyo, April 30, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this is our position. Kāmādīnāṁ kati na katidhā. And even... Just like this man who killed President Kennedy, he was also killed. So although he accepted to kill President, which he should not have done, but still, the man who paid him or engaged him, he was not satisfied. He also killed him. This is the position. Even if you do something abominable, still, the man for whom you are doing, he will not be satisfied. He can kill you. This is going on. This is the sense of service here in this world. Try to understand. Practically it is all bogus. But I give service because I am lusty; I am hungry; I want to satisfy my senses. Therefore I pose myself: &amp;quot;Oh, I will give you service. I will become prime minister, and I will give you so much service.&amp;quot; He will canvass. But as soon as he goes to the post of prime minister, he will do nothing. You cannot see, if you want to see him. While taking votes he will come to your door, &amp;quot;Please give me vote.&amp;quot; And when he is in the prime minister post, if you want to see him, &amp;quot;Oh, the prime minister is preoccupied. You cannot see him.&amp;quot; So on the whole, simply sense gratification in the name of service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;How subtle things are going on, that is described in the Sāṅkhya philosophy presented by Kapiladeva, but we do not understand practically how things are going on. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.44 -- Bombay, January 19, 1975|Lecture on SB 3.26.44 -- Bombay, January 19, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fire is the origin of beauty and the fire is the origin of eyesight. The loss of eyesight means there is less fiery element. Loss of appetite means there is less of fiery elements. In the Ayurvedic treatment it is called agni-māndyam. So these are transformation of the fire. Similarly, the smell is transformation of the rasa, taste. How subtle things are going on, that is described in the Sāṅkhya philosophy presented by Kapiladeva, but we do not understand practically how things are going on. We are simply accepting the words, that &amp;quot;By transformation of this thing, this thing is coming out so much.&amp;quot; Neither it is possible to make experiment. Maybe, but scientists can take advantage of this Sāṅkhya philosophy. So you may experiment or not. That doesn&#039;t matter. Things are going on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Infection. We have got this practical understanding. If your body infects some disease, then you have to suffer. And if your body remains uninfected, unaffected by any poisonous..., then you remain healthy. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.44 -- Los Angeles, July 25, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.44 -- Los Angeles, July 25, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bodily necessities means temporary. If I am child, my body is of a child&#039;s body, then my necessities are different from my father&#039;s necessities. So everyone is engaged in bodily necessities. Therefore it is said, dehavān na hy akarma-kṛt. And kāriṇāṁ guṇa-saṅgo &#039;sti. Infection. We have got this practical understanding. If your body infects some disease, then you have to suffer. And if your body remains uninfected, unaffected by any poisonous..., then you remain healthy. Therefore it is said, sambhavanti hi bhadrāṇi viparītāni cānaghaḥ. Viparītāni. Viparī means just opposite. Sambhavanti bhadrāṇi. One is acting in auspicity, and one is acting viparītāni, just the opposite, inauspicity. In this way we are becoming entangled, life after life. Karinam guṇa-sango &#039;sti.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initiation Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the Ninth Chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā you will find that this is the process by which you can understand practically whether you are making actually progress in spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Initiation Lecture -- Hamburg, August 27, 1969|Initiation Lecture -- Hamburg, August 27, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa is the original person of all viṣṇu-tattva. So anyone who is keeping himself always in touch with the vibration of Kṛṣṇa consciousness—Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare—that is the only, I mean to say, guaranteed platform where you can keep yourself purified without any material contamination. And in this purified state, if we can leave this body ultimately, then there is no doubt we enter into the supreme abode of the Personality of Godhead. These things are very nicely explained in the Bhagavad-gītā, and you read carefully. This initiation does not mean... Of course, this chanting will save you, only chanting. But if you read some literatures also, and the philosophy also, then it will be more and more convincing that you are making progress. And in the Ninth Chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā you will find that this is the process by which you can understand practically whether you are making actually progress in spiritual life. Pratyakṣam avagamaṁ dharmyam. This bhakti-yoga system is so nice that one can directly understand how he is making progress, and very quickly. That&#039;s a fact. All of our students who have taken to this process, within very short time, they are realizing that actually they are making some progress. Therefore they are sticking to the principles and going on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Try to understand practically how the senses are strong.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Seattle, September 27, 1968|Lecture -- Seattle, September 27, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:kāmādīnāṁ kati na katidhā pālitā durnideśās&lt;br /&gt;
:teṣāṁ mayi na karuṇā jātā na trapā nopaśāntiḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:(utsṛjyaitān atha yadu-pate) sāmpratam aham labdha-buddhis&lt;br /&gt;
:tvām āyātaḥ (śaraṇam abhayaṁ) niyuṅkṣvātma-dāsye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One devotee is praying to Kṛṣṇa that &amp;quot;So long, in my life, I have served my senses,&amp;quot; kāmādīnām. Kāma means senses, lust. &amp;quot;So even what I should not have done, still, by the dictation of my lust I have done it.&amp;quot; One has to do. When one is a slave or servant, then he&#039;s forced to act something which he does not like to act. He&#039;s forced. So here, a devotee&#039;s admitting that &amp;quot;I have done, dictated by my lust, something which I should not have done, but I have done it.&amp;quot; All right, you have done, you are serving your senses. That&#039;s all right. &amp;quot;But the difficulty is that teṣāṁ karuṇā na jātā na trapā nopaśāntiḥ. I have served so much, but I find that they are not satisfied. They are not satisfied. That is my difficulty. Neither the senses are satisfied nor I am satisfied nor the senses are kind enough to give me relief, pension from the service. That is my position.&amp;quot; If I would have seen that, rather if we would have felt that &amp;quot;I have served so many years my senses, now my senses are satisfied...&amp;quot; No. They are not satisfied. Still dictating. Still dictating. &amp;quot;I am very...&amp;quot; Of course, it is very natural, but I may disclose herewith that some of my students said that in an elderly age of his mother, he&#039;s(she&#039;s) going to marry. Just see. She has got grown-up children. And somebody complained that his grandmother also married. Why? Just see. In seventy-five years old, in fifty years old, the senses are still so strong that she is being dictated: &amp;quot;Yes, you must do it.&amp;quot; Try to understand practically how the senses are strong. It is not that simply the young men are servant of the senses. Even seventy-five years old, eighty years old, or at the point of death, they are all servants of senses. The senses are never satisfied. That is the material dictation. So I&#039;m servant. I am servant of my senses, and by serving my senses, neither I am satisfied nor my senses are satisfied nor they are pleased upon me. There is chaos. So this is the problem.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You chant, you will understand. Practical. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Bombay, September 25, 1973|Lecture -- Bombay, September 25, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is just like without eating, if you question that how one is satisfied by eating food. A hungry man, if you give him food, he will say, &amp;quot;Yes, I am satisfied.&amp;quot; There is no question of &amp;quot;How?&amp;quot; If you eat... If you are hungry, if you eat, you will feel satisfaction. It is automatic. Similarly, if you chant Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, then you will understand. Not from outside. How? You can see how these boys and girls, they are feeling satisfaction. Similarly, if you chant also, you will feel satisfaction. There is no question of &amp;quot;How?&amp;quot; It is so, exactly (as) when you are hungry, if you eat, you will feel satisfaction. It is practical. It is stated therefore,&lt;br /&gt;
:rāja-vidyā rāja-guhyaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:pavitraṁ paramam idam&lt;br /&gt;
:pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:su-sukhaṁ kartum avyayam&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bg. 9.2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyam. It is not theoretical. If you practice, you will see, pratyakṣāvagamam. And it is very easy to perform. So if you chant Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, then you will understand. Exactly like that: if you eat, then you will feel satisfaction. Simply theoretically discussing how it become, we can say to you... It will not be understood. You chant, you will understand. Practical. Pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyam su-sukhaṁ kartum avyayam. This is the process.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Simply imaginary moral principle. We want practical understanding what is morality.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Johann Gottlieb Fichte|Philosophy Discussion on Johann Gottlieb Fichte]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: This is Fichte. He&#039;s not as important as Kant or Hegel, but he followed pretty much in the footsteps of Kant. His first work was entitled Our Belief in a Divine Government of the Universe, and he writes, &amp;quot;Our belief in a moral world order must be based on the concept of a supersensible transcendental world.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But thing is that what is morality? If he cannot define what is morality, simply saying on moral principles, what is this morality? First of all you have to understand what is morality. Simply imaginary moral principle. We want practical understanding what is morality. That they have not defined.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Either you take yoga system or jñāna system, and bhakti is cent percent simply realization of God. That is the business of human life. He hasn&#039;t got to do any other thing. That is practical understanding of God.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on William James|Philosophy Discussion on William James]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So that our actual business, first business is to have complete idea, complete sense of God and our relationship. That is the business of human life. Therefore in the Vedic process, the real business is realize God. Either you take yoga system or jñāna system, and bhakti is cent percent simply realization of God. That is the business of human life. He hasn&#039;t got to do any other thing. That is practical understanding of God. A perfect human being knows that &amp;quot;My necessities of life is supplied by God, so I have no business to improve the economic condition.&amp;quot; That cannot be done also. Nobody is going to be very rich, all of them. According to the destiny he gets his position. So one who is self-realized, he does not want to improve the material condition of life, but he wants to improve the spiritual conception of life. That is human life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This Kṛṣṇa consciousness means practical understanding of Bhagavad-gītā.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Radio Interview -- February 12, 1969, Los Angeles|Radio Interview -- February 12, 1969, Los Angeles]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviewer: Is your philosophy, your approach to consciousness, based on the Gītā?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Yes, Bhagavad-gītā. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness means practical understanding of Bhagavad-gītā. This is the sum and substance. I thank you for your capturing the idea. Bhagavad-gītā is the sum and substance of the whole Vedic literature, and it is very nicely explained, things as they are. Unfortunately there are so many interpreters. They interpret the verses in their own way. That is the nonsense of the whole thing. But if Bhagavad-gītā understood as it is, oh, it is a great boon to the human society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You try to understand practically.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- January 17, 1971, Allahabad|Room Conversation -- January 17, 1971, Allahabad]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: These are different coating. Just like you have got your form, therefore your coat has got a form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): No, I was thinking in this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Don&#039;t think like that way. First of all you try to understand. Because you have got a form, your coat has got a form. You try to understand this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Yes, water, though may not have form, but it has got form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Why may not? You try to understand practically. You have got a form, therefore your shirt has got a form, your coat has got a form.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They will understand, practical demonstration, ārati, worship of the Deity, and they play mṛdaṅga, they chant, they join Hare Kṛṣṇa chanting.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Indian Guests -- July 11, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Indian Guests -- July 11, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (3): Yes. Could you sometime tell me about that school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Satsvarūpa: Sure, later we can talk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: There are good teachers. We are teaching Sanskrit and English especially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (3): They teach Sanskrit, English?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is what. We are preparing them so that they can read our literature which is in Sanskrit and English. As soon as they can read, that&#039;s education finished. They will understand, practical demonstration, ārati, worship of the Deity, and they play mṛdaṅga, they chant, they join Hare Kṛṣṇa chanting. They are not meant for any technology.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everything is there. And that you have to understand practically.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Educationists -- July 11, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Educationists -- July 11, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So similarly, if you depend on Kṛṣṇa, God, He&#039;ll take care of you. He says in the Bhagavad-gītā:&lt;br /&gt;
:sarva-dharmān parityajya&lt;br /&gt;
:mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja&lt;br /&gt;
:ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo&lt;br /&gt;
:mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 18.66]&lt;br /&gt;
Yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham. Teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham [Bg. 9.22]. Everything is there. And that you have to understand practically.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So it is a question of practice and practical understanding. A theoretically one cannot understand.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Father Tanner and other guests -- July 11, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Father Tanner and other guests -- July 11, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Father Tanner: I don&#039;t know your disciples, but it is possible that some of them, even with twenty-four hour a day, you know, exercises...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, our program is like that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Father Tanner: ...fail to become spiritual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Now, our program here is like that. We have got Deities, six times ārati. In preparation for that, cleansing the temple room, washing the dishes of the Deity, cooking for the Deity, arranging for the other things... So they are always thinking of Kṛṣṇa. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Just like we have got so many books. So they are reading books of Kṛṣṇa. This is also Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So... Or they are going to saṅkīrtana party. That is also Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So it is a question of practice and practical understanding. A theoretically one cannot understand. But we have got twenty-four hours engagement for these boys. Not a single moment lost. In this way we train them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So by practicing bhakti-yoga scientifically, by practical understanding, practical application you become perfect.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 31, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- March 31, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Both of them permanent. No, no, no. Permanent... The jīvas and the Supreme Lord, both of them are permanent, nityā. Na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. Just like nityaḥ śāśvato &#039;yam. It is said in the Bhagavad-gītā, nityaḥ śāśvato &#039;yam. Eternal, always existing. And this material word has been described: asasvataḥ. Duḥkhālayam aśāśvataḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Aśāśvatam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Aśāś... It is not permanent. Bhūtvā bhūtvā pralīyate [Bg. 8.19]. It appears and disappears. So because nityo nityānām, there is transaction between the nitya, the Supreme Nitya, Kṛṣṇa, and the...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Cetanaś cetanānām.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: And the subordinate nityas, the living entities. So there must be one place also where this transaction takes place. Because this is anitya. This material world is anitya. So how the transaction between the nitya and nityānām can take place? Because the place is anitya. Therefore there must be a place which is nitya. There must be place. That is Vaikuṇṭha dhāma, spiritual world. So by practicing bhakti-yoga scientifically, by practical understanding, practical application, yogaṁ yuñjan mad-āśrayaḥ, either at the shelter...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Sar: Anyaj jñātam neha bhūyo...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Eh?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Sar: Anyaj jñātam avaśiṣyate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Ah. Then anyaj jñātavyam. No. Then you become perfect. No more knowledge.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I think George can afford to expand for this whole week celebration at his house. That will be practical understanding of Krishna Consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Syamasundara -- Los Angeles 12 April, 1970|Letter to Syamasundara -- Los Angeles 12 April, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; During Rathayatra ceremony I will suggest that Lord Jagannatha be carried from London to Oxon in Their chariots and in procession and Lord Jagannatha live for 8 days from the 5th to 14th July at the chapel house of George. And for eight days there should be continued festivals which means Kirtana and distribution of Prasadam. During this 8 days time, George should invite all his friends and guests and they should be informed about the necessity of Krishna Consciousness movement. The chapel house should always be nicely decorated with leaves, flowers, and lights; and then after completion of 8 days stay, Lord Jagannatha shall return back in procession to London temple. I think George can afford to expand for this whole week celebration at his house. That will be practical understanding of Krishna Consciousness. You can suggest this idea to George on my behalf.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A laymans sentimental expression about religious problems is not a practical understanding of religious problems. Religion as we have explained means the orders of God, therefore it must be scientifically studied.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sir Alistair Hardy -- Bhaktivedanta Manor 28 July, 1973|Letter to Sir Alistair Hardy -- Bhaktivedanta Manor 28 July, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So all these problems are due only to a lack of God consciousness. Therefore is you can actually help people to know about the supreme powerful that will be a great help. But I see that your method is not very satisfactory. You are making research by accepting the statements of common peoples expression of religious sentiment. There is no need of research, the result of research in this matter is already there perfectly presented in Bhagavad-gita, all we have to do is accept it and the whole problem of research is solved. You want to establish your conclusion of religious experience by taking the opinions of laymen. A laymans sentimental expression about religious problems is not a practical understanding of religious problems. Religion as we have explained means the orders of God, therefore it must be scientifically studied, what are his orders, how to abide by them. Simply by taking statistics of the sentiments of common men we cannot come to the right conclusion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_access&amp;diff=82990</id>
		<title>No access</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_access&amp;diff=82990"/>
		<updated>2009-04-12T11:19:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;no access&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=9|CC=2|OB=0|Lec=4|Con=2|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;With such a poor fund of knowledge, there is no access to the real nature of the Supreme Being. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.3.37|SB 1.3.37, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The mental speculators are a little more progressive than the gross materialists or the fruitive workers, but because they are also within the grip of illusion, they take it for granted that anything which has form, a name and activities is but a product of material energy. For them the Supreme Spirit is formless, nameless and inactive. And because such mental speculators equalize the transcendental name and form of the Lord with mundane names and form, they are in fact in ignorance. With such a poor fund of knowledge, there is no access to the real nature of the Supreme Being. As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, the Lord is always in a transcendental position, even when He is within the material world. But ignorant men consider the Lord one of the great personalities of the world, and thus they are misled by the illusory energy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhāgavata-dharma is purely devotional service of the Lord to which the monist has no access. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.4.32|SB 1.4.32, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The vacuum felt by Vyāsadeva was not due to his lack of knowledge. Bhāgavata-dharma is purely devotional service of the Lord to which the monist has no access. The monist is not counted amongst the paramahaṁsas (the most perfect of the renounced order of life).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Persons who are less intelligent, without being conversant with the science, mistake this great attempt to be idol worship and poke their nose into that to which they have no access.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.11.24|SB 1.11.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The transcendental form of the Lord installed in a temple is not different from the Lord personally. Such a form of the Lord is called arca-vigraha, or arcā incarnation, and is expanded by the Lord by His internal potency just to facilitate the devotional service of His innumerable devotees who are in the material world. The material senses cannot perceive the spiritual nature of the Lord, and therefore the Lord accepts the arca-vigraha, which is apparently made of material elements like earth, wood and stone but actually there is no material contamination. The Lord being kaivalya (one alone), there is no matter in Him. He is one without a second, and therefore the Almighty Lord can appear in any form without being contaminated by the material conception. Therefore, festivities in the temple of the Lord, as held generally, are like festivals performed during the manifestive days of the Lord of Dvārakā, about five thousand years ago. The authorized ācāryas, who know the science perfectly, install such temples of the Lord under regulative principles just to offer facilities to the common man, but persons who are less intelligent, without being conversant with the science, mistake this great attempt to be idol worship and poke their nose into that to which they have no access. Therefore, the ladies or men who observe festivals in the temples of the Lord just to have a look at the transcendental form are a thousand times more glorious than those who are nonbelievers in the transcendental form of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Foolish interpreters unnecessarily tackle the Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam when they have no access to the subject matter. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.8.27|SB 2.8.27, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam can be legitimately discussed only among the devotees of the Lord. As the Bhagavad-gītā was authoritatively discussed between Lord Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna (the Lord and the devotee respectively), similarly Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is the postgraduate study of the Bhagavad-gītā, can also be discussed between the scholars and devotees like Śukadeva Gosvāmī and Mahārāja Parīkṣit. Otherwise the real taste of the nectar cannot be relished. Śukadeva Gosvāmī was pleased with Mahārāja Parīkṣit because he was not at all tired of hearing the topics of the Lord and was more and more anxious to hear them on and on with interest. Foolish interpreters unnecessarily tackle the Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam when they have no access to the subject matter. There is no use in nondevotees&#039; meddling with the two topmost Vedic literatures, and therefore Śaṅkarācārya did not touch Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam for commentation. In his commentation on the Bhagavad-gītā, Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya accepted Lord Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but later on he commented from the impersonalist&#039;s view. But, being conscious of his position, he did not comment on the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the text of the Personality of Godhead and His unalloyed devotees, who are also known as the bhāgavatas, and any outsider should have no access to this confidential literature of devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.9.37|SB 2.9.37, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Lord was the teacher of the nucleus of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in four verses, and Brahmā was the receiver of the knowledge. Misinterpretation of the word aham by the word jugglery of the impersonalist should not disturb the mind of the strict followers of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the text of the Personality of Godhead and His unalloyed devotees, who are also known as the bhāgavatas, and any outsider should have no access to this confidential literature of devotional service. But unfortunately the impersonalist, who has no relation to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, sometimes tries to interpret Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by his poor fund of knowledge in grammar and dry speculation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Although they have no access to the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the followers of the Māyāvāda (impersonalist) school sometimes screw out an imaginary explanation of the original four verses.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.5.23|SB 3.5.23, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The great sage here begins to explain the purpose of the four original verses of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Although they have no access to the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the followers of the Māyāvāda (impersonalist) school sometimes screw out an imaginary explanation of the original four verses, but we must accept the actual explanation given herein by Maitreya Muni because he, along with Uddhava, personally heard it directly from the Lord. The first line of the original four verses runs, aham evāsam evāgre. The word aham is misinterpreted by the Māyāvāda school into meanings which no one but the interpreter can understand. Here aham is explained as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, not the individual living entities. Before the creation, there was only the Personality of Godhead; there were no puruṣa incarnations and certainly no living entities, nor was there the material energy, by which the manifested creation is effected. The puruṣa incarnations and all the different energies of the Supreme Lord were merged in Him only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In spite of executing all ritualistic performances, if one cannot satisfy the spiritual master, one has no access to spiritual perfection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.22.6|SB 3.22.6, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura&#039;s eight stanzas of prayer to the spiritual master, it is clearly stated that simply by satisfying the spiritual master one can achieve the supreme success in life, and in spite of executing all ritualistic performances, if one cannot satisfy the spiritual master, one has no access to spiritual perfection. Here the word akṛtātmanām is very significant. Ātmā means &amp;quot;body,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;soul,&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;mind,&amp;quot; and akṛtātmā means the common man, who cannot control the senses or the mind. Because the common man is unable to control the senses and the mind, it is his duty to seek the shelter of a great soul or a great devotee of the Lord and just try to please him. That will make his life perfect. A common man cannot rise to the topmost stage of spiritual perfection simply by following the rituals and religious principles. He has to take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and work under his direction faithfully and sincerely; then he becomes perfect, without a doubt.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Persons infatuated by material consciousness are very intelligent in discovering things for material comforts, but they have no access to understanding the spirit soul and spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.26.31|SB 3.26.31, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; For those who want to make spiritual advancement, there is almost no existence of the mode of passion. Only the mode of goodness is prominent. We find that those who engage in Kṛṣṇa consciousness are materially poor, but one who has eyes can see who is the greater. Although he appears to be materially poor, a person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is not actually a poor man, but the person who has no taste tor Kṛṣṇa consciousness and appears to be very happy with material possessions is actually poor. Persons infatuated by material consciousness are very intelligent in discovering things for material comforts, but they have no access to understanding the spirit soul and spiritual life. Therefore, if anyone wants to advance in spiritual life, he has to come back to the platform of purified desire, the purified desire for devotional service. As stated in the Nārada-pañcarātra, engagement in the service of the Lord when the senses are purified in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is called pure devotion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;All of these three classes are called less intelligent; they have no access to the study of the Vedas, which are specifically meant for persons who have acquired the brahminical qualifications.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.1.3|SB 4.1.3, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Bhāgavatam we find that Mahābhārata was specifically compiled by Vyāsadeva for strī-śūdra-brahma-bandhu [SB 1.4.25]. Strī means women, śūdra means the lower class of civilized human society, and brahma-bandhu means persons who are born in the families of brāhmaṇas but do not follow the rules and regulations carefully. All of these three classes are called less intelligent; they have no access to the study of the Vedas, which are specifically meant for persons who have acquired the brahminical qualifications. This restriction is based not upon any sectarian distinction but upon qualification. The Vedic literatures cannot be understood unless one has developed the brahminical qualifications. It is regrettable, therefore, that persons who have no brahminical qualifications and have never been trained under a bona fide spiritual master nevertheless comment on Vedic literatures like the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and other purāṇas, for such persons cannot deliver their real message.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;How is it possible to argue about something to which we have no access?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi Introduction|CC Adi Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; That which is beyond our power of conception is called acintya, inconceivable. It is useless to argue or speculate about the inconceivable. If something is truly inconceivable, it is not subject to speculation or experimentation. Our energy is limited, and our sense perception is limited; therefore we must rely on the Vedic conclusions regarding that subject matter which is inconceivable. Knowledge of the superior nature must simply be accepted without argument. How is it possible to argue about something to which we have no access? The method for understanding transcendental subject matter is given by Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself in the Bhagavad-gītā, where Kṛṣṇa tells Arjuna at the beginning of the Fourth Chapter:&lt;br /&gt;
:imaṁ vivasvate yogaṁ proktavān aham avyayam&lt;br /&gt;
:vivasvān manave prāha manur ikṣvākave ’bravīt&lt;br /&gt;
“I instructed this imperishable science of yoga to the sun-god, Vivasvān, and Vivasvān instructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, and Manu in turn instructed it to Ikṣvāku.” (Bg. 4.1) This is the method of paramparā, or disciplic succession.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Antya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Antya 1.116|CC Antya 1.116, Translation]]: Śrīla Rāmānanda Rāya said that previously Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had empowered his heart so that he could express elevated and conclusive statements to which even Lord Brahmā has no access.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa is just like sun, and māyā, illusion, is just like darkness. So as the sun being present, there is no access of darkness, similarly, if you keep Kṛṣṇa always within your heart, there is no more darkness of this material world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 9.2 -- Melbourne, April 20, 1976|Lecture on BG 9.2 -- Melbourne, April 20, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So if we can go back to home, back to Godhead, there is no darkness. It is all illuminating. It is stated in the śāstra that there is no need of sun, there is no need of moon, there is no... Na tad bhāsayate sūryo na śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ [Bg. 15.6]. In the spiritual world there is no need of sun; there is no need of moon; there is no need of electricity or fire. That is the description. Here in the Bhagavad-gītā you&#039;ll find. Na tad bhāsayate sūryo na śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ. We cannot imagine how without sun, without moon, without electricity, without fire, one can live. Yes, but there is a world like that. You do not require sunshine. You do not require. They are all illuminated. So that is uttamam. Udgata tama yasmāt, the Sanskrit word, &amp;quot;from which the darkness is completely eradicated.&amp;quot; There is another Bengali verse,&lt;br /&gt;
:kṛṣṇa-sūrya-sama; māyā haya andhakāra&lt;br /&gt;
:yāhāṅ kṛṣṇa, tāhāṅ nāhi māyāra adhikāra&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning is that just like... &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is just like sun, and māyā, illusion, is just like darkness. So as the sun being present, there is no access of darkness, similarly, if you keep Kṛṣṇa always within your heart, there is no more darkness of this material world.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa-sūrya-sama māyā andhakāra, yāhāṅ kṛṣṇa tāhāṅ [Cc. Madhya 22.31]. The example is given. If you keep yourself always, Kṛṣṇa within your heart...&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You are seeing the sun planet, that&#039;s a fact, but that does not mean you know what is actually the sun planet is, because you have no access to approach there.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Sri Isopanisad, Mantra 13-15 -- Los Angeles, May 18, 1970|Lecture on Sri Isopanisad, Mantra 13-15 -- Los Angeles, May 18, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Simply by devotional service one can understand Me.&amp;quot; Yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ. Knowing Him as He is, that is bhakti. So except devotional service, there is no possibility of understanding the Absolute Truth. Any other process means covered. Just like the... You understand the sun planet from here. You are seeing the sun planet, that&#039;s a fact, but that does not mean you know what is actually the sun planet is, because you have no access to approach there. You may speculate, that&#039;s all. Speculation means the blind man seeing the elephant. Somebody thought, &amp;quot;Oh, it is just like a pillar.&amp;quot; Yes. Big, big legs. Somebody understood the trunk. Somebody understood the ears, elephant. There is a story, some blind men studying the elephant. So they were giving different conclusions. Somebody: &amp;quot;The elephant is just like a pillar.&amp;quot; Somebody says, &amp;quot;Elephant is just like big boat.&amp;quot; Somebody is... Somebody is... But actually what is elephant, if you have no eyes to see, you can go on speculating. Therefore it is here said that pūṣann apāvṛṇu. &amp;quot;Please uncover the covering. Then I can see You&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our argument or logical, I mean to say, strength has no access in the spiritual world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Maha-mantra -- New York, September 8, 1966|Lecture on Maha-mantra -- New York, September 8, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this transcendental sound, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare, you don&#039;t think that I have come here—it is my personal manufacture. No. It is not. No. It is not my personal manufacture. It is authorized just like the post box is authorized, because all previous ācāryas, all previous authorized persons in this line, they have done it. Just like see Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He is chanting and dancing, chanting and dancing, you see, the same thing. This picture is before you so that gradually, when you feel ecstasy, you will also dance like Him. And when you automatically dance, then you will know that the thing is already realized. Not artificially, but when you feel, &amp;quot;Oh, let me dance. It is so much ecstatic. Let me dance.&amp;quot; Nothing should be done artificially. Let everything come automatically. And only we have to follow. Mahājano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ [Cc. Madhya 17.186]. Dharmasya tattvaṁ nihitaṁ guhāyāṁ mahājano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ. This is a verse from scripture, that tarko apratiṣṭhaḥ, if you simply go on arguing about spiritual matters—&amp;quot;This is not, this is not, this is not, yes, this is not...&amp;quot; I say something; you say something. No, no, no. You cannot realize spiritual objects simply by this speculation, argument. Our argument or logical, I mean to say, strength has no access in the spiritual world. The Vedic mantra says, nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo na medhayā na bahunā śrutena: &amp;quot;Atma, the supreme self, cannot be realized pravacanena.&amp;quot; Suppose I am very expert speaker, I can present things very nicely—but without any substance. Oh, that won&#039;t help you. Simply by jugglery of words, if I can captivate you, oh, that won&#039;t help you. Nāyam ātmā pravacanena. This is pravacana.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Departure Talks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So where the crows go, the swans do not go. And where the swans go, the crows have no access.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Departure Lecture -- London, March 12, 1975|Departure Lecture -- London, March 12, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So where the crows go, the swans do not go. And where the swans go, the crows have no access. Similarly, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is meant for the swans, not for the crows. So try to remain swans, rāja-haṁsa or paramahaṁsa. Haṁsa means swan. Even if we have got this little place, don&#039;t go to the place of the crows, the so-called clubs, restaurant, brothel, dancing club, and... People are... Especially in the Western countries, they are very much busy with these places. But don&#039;t remain crow. Become swans simply by this process, chanting and hearing about Kṛṣṇa. This is the process, to remain paramahaṁsa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To the nonbelievers, he has no access. About discussion in God he has no access.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Devotees on Theology -- April 1, 1975, Mayapur|Conversation with Devotees on Theology -- April 1, 1975, Mayapur]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pañcadraviḍa: No, they say God&#039;s name should never be spoken out loud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pañcadraviḍa: I don&#039;t know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: This is nonsense. If you know somebody, why should you say, &amp;quot;His name should not be explained&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmānanda: They say that God&#039;s name is so pure and we are so impure that to utter His name is to make it impure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ravīndra-svarūpa: Is blasphemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acyutānanda: No, I heard the explanation that a nonbeliever should not know it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is all right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acyutānanda: So they don&#039;t say it out loud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, when we come to argument that... We are supposed to be all believers in God. We are not nonbelievers. We simply want to ascertain who is that God. We are not nonbelievers. Then some persons who believe in God come together so to ascertain who is God. So just like when we come to a meeting to elect a president, so they are not nonbelievers. They are not nonbelievers. As there are so many personalities, candidate for president, now who is the right person to become the president? That is wanted. To the nonbelievers, he has no access. About discussion in God he has no access. When we discuss about God, it is supposed they are all believers. So if you say... Just like we are holding meeting to ascertain... There are so many names of God. Now we ascertain who is real God. God means there should be no more above Him. Mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat [Bg. 7.7]. That is God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The meat-eaters are the most sinful. They cannot understand. They will have no access.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- July 4, 1976, Washington, D.C.|Morning Walk -- July 4, 1976, Washington, D.C.]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: But it seems to me they are not so much interested. There was a man who came from Calcutta about two months ago, a Bengali, and in fact we were class friends in Calcutta when I was studying in Calcutta. And I discussed this problem with him, why so-called Bengali intellectuals are not attracted to our movement. And his answer was that the Caitanya movement was mostly for less intellectuals. For those who are educated, they want to be followers of Ramakrishna and Vivekananda. In fact, they have a society called Vedanta Society. All the Bengalis get together...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: And waste their time. The rascals waste their time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: And they discuss... So I was a little mad at him, this friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Because the real fact is they do not want to give up meat-eating and fish-eating. Therefore they like Vivekananda. That is the real reason. And Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s movement, Vaiṣṇava, they have to give up so many things. That is the disease of the Bengalis. And Vivekananda is recognized only in Bengal. To some part, not all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vipina: There is also a small Vedanta Society here in Washington. I had one of our Indian associates, whom I hope you will be able to meet, go there, and he said they could not even discuss the topics of Bhagavad-gītā. They had no conclusions, they were arguing in their own meeting, and no one had any idea what Bhagavad-gītā was, and so many technical points.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The meat-eaters are the most sinful. They cannot understand. Vinā paśughnāt, nivṛtta-tarṣair upagīyamānāt [SB 10.1.4]. They will have no access.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I advised many others not to attend for the very reason that the recitation of holy Bhagavata is being performed by men who have no access in this great scripture.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Ratanshi Morarji Khatau -- Bombay 5 August, 1958|Letter to Ratanshi Morarji Khatau -- Bombay 5 August, 1958]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I beg to inform you that I am in reciept of your invitation letter in the matter of observing Bhagavata week through the secretary of Bombay spiritual centre. As I know what sort of Bhagavata week can be observed by the Mayavadins for misleading the innocent public and therefore I not only restrained myself from attending the function but also I advised many others not to attend for the very reason that the recitation of holy Bhagavata is being performed by men who have no access in this great scripture in which only the liberated persons, who are freed from all pretentious religiosities, can take part. The Mayavadins specially have no right to discuss Srimad-Bhagavatam Puranam for the only reason that they are aspiring after liberation (Moksa Vanohha). And Sripada Sankaracarya because He was the incarnation of Sankara, very carefully avoided to make any commentation on the holy Bhagavatam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The devotee has no access to Krishna without the via media.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Umapati -- Los Angeles 14 January, 1968|Letter to Umapati -- Los Angeles 14 January, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; My guidance means Krishna&#039;s guidance. I am very poor and therefore I can pray only to Krishna for your guidance. Krishna is Absolute and we are all under His guidance but the bona fide Spiritual Master is accepted as guidance because he is transparent via media between Krishna and the devotee. The devotee has no access to Krishna without the via media.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Exaggeration_(Letters)&amp;diff=75681</id>
		<title>Exaggeration (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Exaggeration_(Letters)&amp;diff=75681"/>
		<updated>2009-01-26T10:31:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;exaggerate&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;exaggerated&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;exaggerating&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;exaggeration&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;exaggerations&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Matea| Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Jul08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Exaggeration|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is not the least exaggeration but actual fact and to become a member for this mission will to your own interest. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mathura Prasad -- Vrindaban 23 May, 1964|Letter to Mathura Prasad -- Vrindaban 23 May, 1964]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Srimad-Bhagavatam gives us practical solution for all the problems political social ideological philosophical cultural and transcendental knowledge for all human being. Srimad-Bhagavatam is meant for all human beings and it is the duty of the Hindus specially the Vaisnavas to disseminate the great knowledge throughout the whole world. With this purpose in view I have taken up the mighty project and I wish that you gentlemen cooperate with me fully. The cooperation is possible to be made either by life, wealth, intelligence or words. Every one has got some of the above assets of the above four principles if not at least one of them must we have and we can engage them in the service of the Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
Srimad-Bhagavatam gives all informations to attain the highest perfection of life both during the continuation of the present life as well as in the life after death.&lt;br /&gt;
I shall request you with all humility to cooperate with this mission and thus be benefited yourself. It is not the least exaggeration but actual fact and to become a member for this mission will to your own interest. And help others also who may be known to you.&lt;br /&gt;
I am requesting you to give me at least ten members from Agra as you have already given one yesterday and I am thanking you once more.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Live peacefully without any exaggeration, and try to convince people about the non-sectarian nature of Krishna Consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Kirtanananda -- Montreal 30 June, 1968|Letter to Kirtanananda -- Montreal 30 June, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; For the present, live as simply as possible, without any endeavor to develop that part into New Vrindaban, or do it peacefully as you have mentioned, but you must continue to chant Hare Krishna, at least you and Hayagriva, and ask everybody to join you. At least Mr. Rose cannot object to this performance of Kirtana because he wants to give facility to all sects. So even if he takes it that our Krishna Consciousness movement is also a particular type of sect, certainly he will not have any objection. Therefore, the conclusion is that you must regularly hold Krishna Kirtana, now, and even as in our other centers they are doing. And live peacefully without any exaggeration, and try to convince people about the non-sectarian nature of Krishna Consciousness. I think that will make you successful in this great adventure. Before the advent of Lord Caitanya, nobody had exhibited the practical way of developing love of Godhead, and the process is open to everyone, therefore this is simple, non-sectarian, and sublime.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we simply stick to describing how wonderful is Krishna, then whatever we may lie or exaggerate, that will not be lie!&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sri Govinda -- Bombay 25 December, 1972|Letter to Sri Govinda -- Bombay 25 December, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So far this making some false story for collecting money or selling book, of course we may do anything for Krishna, but that is supposed to be reserved for very advanced experts in Krishna Consciousness—they know how to catch the big fish without themselves getting wet. So it is not very much advisable to make lies just to sell book. If we simply stick to describing how wonderful is Krishna, then whatever we may lie or exaggerate, that will not be lie! But other things, lies, they will not help us to train ourselves in truthfulness. Lie to some, not to others, that is not a good philosophy. Rather the brahmanas are always truthful, even to their enemies. There is sufficient merit in our books that if you simply describe them sincerely to anyone, they will buy. That art you must develop, not art of lying. Convince them to give by your preaching the Absolute Truth, not by tricking, that is more mature stage of development of Krishna Consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we say that they have never gone to the moon planet, is it exaggeration?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Svarupa Damodara -- Mauritius 24 October, 1975|Letter to Svarupa Damodara -- Mauritius 24 October, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; According to our sastra, sun is first, then moon, then Venus, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, like that. In other words, from Bhagavatam we understand that the moon is 1,600,000 miles above the sun. If that is true, then is it possible to go to the moon planet by persons who can never imagine to go the distance to the sun planet? Under the circumstances, if we say that they have never gone to the moon planet, is it exaggeration? You are a scientist, I hope you will reply these 2 points scientifically. If the moon planet is actually far away from the sun planet, how they can go there and publish in the paper that the moon planet is the nearest planet.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Greatest_of_all_transcendentalists&amp;diff=75679</id>
		<title>Greatest of all transcendentalists</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Greatest_of_all_transcendentalists&amp;diff=75679"/>
		<updated>2009-01-26T10:07:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;greatest of all transcendentalists&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Greatest of All]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Transcendentalists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.25.11|SB 3.25.11, Translation]]: Devahūti continued: I have taken shelter of Your lotus feet because You are the only person of whom to take shelter. You are the ax which can cut the tree of material existence. I therefore offer my obeisances unto You, who are the greatest of all transcendentalists, and I inquire from You as to the relationship between man and woman and between spirit and matter.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vāsudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is everything, and one who knows this is the greatest of all transcendentalists.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.28.39|SB 4.28.39, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:bahūnāṁ janmanām ante&lt;br /&gt;
:jñānavān māṁ prapadyate&lt;br /&gt;
:vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti&lt;br /&gt;
:sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is very rare.&amp;quot; (Bg. 7.19) Vāsudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is everything, and one who knows this is the greatest of all transcendentalists. It is stated in Bhagavad-gītā that one realizes this after many, many births. This is also confirmed in this verse with the words divyaṁ varṣa-śatam (&amp;quot;one hundred years according to the calculations of the demigods&amp;quot;). According to the calculations of the demigods, one day (twelve hours) is equal to six months on earth. A hundred years of the demigods would equal thirty-six thousand earth years. Thus King Malayadhvaja executed austerities and penances for thirty-six thousand years. After this time, he became fixed in the devotional service of the Lord. To live on earth for so many years, one has to take birth many times. This confirms the conclusion of Kṛṣṇa. To come to the conclusion of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and remain fixed in the realization that Kṛṣṇa is everything, as well as render service unto Kṛṣṇa, are characteristics of the perfectional stage. As said in Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 22.62): kṛṣṇe bhakti kaile sarva-karma kṛta haya. When one comes to the conclusion that Kṛṣṇa is everything by worshiping or by rendering devotional service unto Kṛṣṇa, one actually becomes perfect in all respects. Not only must one come to the conclusion that Kṛṣṇa is everything, but he must remain fixed in this realization. This is the highest perfection of life, and it is this perfection that King Malayadhvaja attained at the end.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;How a devotee becomes the greatest of all transcendentalists is stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 22|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 22]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; How a devotee becomes the greatest of all transcendentalists is stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.14.5):&lt;br /&gt;
:muktānām api siddhānāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:sudurlabhaḥ praśāntātmā&lt;br /&gt;
:koṭiṣv api mahāmune&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;There are many liberated souls and perfected souls, but out of all of them he who is a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is best. The devotees of the Supreme Lord are always calm and quiet, and their perfection is very rarely seen, even in millions of persons.&amp;quot; Prakāśānanda also quoted another verse (SB 10.4.46) in which it is stated that one&#039;s duration of life, prosperity, fame, religion and the benediction of higher authorities are all lost when one offends a devotee. Prakāśānanda also quoted another verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.32) which said that all the misgivings of the conditioned soul disappear at the touch of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, one cannot touch the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord unless one receives the benediction of the dust of the lotus feet of the Lord&#039;s pure devotee. In other words, one cannot become a pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead unless he is favored by another pure devotee of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Missionary_propaganda&amp;diff=75675</id>
		<title>Missionary propaganda</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Missionary_propaganda&amp;diff=75675"/>
		<updated>2009-01-26T09:40:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;missionary propaganda&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;missionary propoganda&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Aparajita Radhika| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|26Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Missionary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Propaganda]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Missionary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Propaganda]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we can introduce study of our books, Bhagavad-gita As It Is, and Teachings of Lord Caitanya, that will be a great success for our missionary propaganda, as well as financial help to our New Vrindaban scheme.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Hayagriva -- Seattle 7 October, 1968|Letter to Hayagriva -- Seattle 7 October, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Free University program is a good proposal, and if we can introduce study of our books, Bhagavad-gita As It Is, and Teachings of Lord Caitanya, that will be a great success for our missionary propaganda, as well as financial help to our New Vrindaban scheme. In conclusion I may inform you that you can marry anytime, and any one of the girls in New York shall be ready to marry you as soon as I say. There is no problem in that matter. And each and every girl there are very nicely trained, and you will be happy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;My Guru Maharaja indicated that the mrdanga and the press are the mediums of our missionary propaganda activities, and we shall follow His path in the same way.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 30 January, 1969|Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 30 January, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our propaganda should be focused on spreading kirtana and distributing literature, books and magazines. The process experienced now is that after holding kirtana, they are selling magazines and books successfully. On January 1st, Hayagriva held one meeting in Columbia University with 60-65 students present, and after the meeting, 30 copies of Bhagavad-gita were immediately sold. So we should now organize in such a way that there shall be nice kirtana and attempt for selling our publications. My Guru Maharaja indicated that the mrdanga and the press are the mediums of our missionary propaganda activities, and we shall follow His path in the same way. We must have large quantities of mrdangas for vibrating in different parts of the world and we must distribute our literature also.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If something can be done in this connection, it will help our missionary propaganda.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 5 February, 1969|Letter to Brahmananda -- Los Angeles 5 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So far as Bhagavad-gita is concerned, there is no doubt about it that I am the only authority in your country in this matter. Nobody can speak on the Bhagavad-gita so authoritatively as I can do. That is a fact. So if the university wants to take advantage of this opportunity, even in this old age I can go from one university to another, and I am sure they can learn from me only the true teachings of the Bhagavad-gita; from me and from my students who are already trained up in this connection. So, if something can be done in this connection, it will help our missionary propaganda, and the students shall get new light from our book, Bhagavad-gita As It Is.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The more you preach in schools and universities and distribute our books, that will be the success of our missionary propoganda.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to John Milner -- Bombay 24 March, 1971|Letter to John Milner -- Bombay 24 March, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter undated and have noted the contents. I am so glad to hear how both yourself and Harold Kanter have been working so nicely under the guidance of Gargamuni Maharaja, to push on Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu&#039;s Sankirtana Movement there in Tallahassee, Florida. Now I have word that both Gargamuni Maharaja as well as Brahmananda Maharaja, have gone to Pakistan, as to my request. So who is now in charge of Tallahassee center? If there are any questions which may arise, you may correspond with Satsvarupa, the governing body representative for Southern U.S.A. and he will be able to help you. Your preaching program there sounds very encouraging and I am glad to note how you are approaching university officials, etc. with our philosophy. Go on in this way and Krishna will surely help you. The more you preach in schools and universities and distribute our books, that will be the success of our missionary propoganda.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_education_means...&amp;diff=75671</id>
		<title>Spiritual education means...</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_education_means...&amp;diff=75671"/>
		<updated>2009-01-26T09:07:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;spiritual education means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=3|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Education]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.13 -- Hyderabad, November 18, 1972|Lecture on BG 2.13 -- Hyderabad, November 18, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So spiritual education means, spiritual enlightenment means, first of all, we must try to understand the jīva. Because jīva is the small particle of the Lord. So that we can understand the quality of the Lord. Just like if you test a small particle of gold, then you can understand the composition of gold. If you test a little drop of water from the ocean, you can analyze the chemical composition of the sea. Similarly, if you can analyze the characteristics of the living entity, then you can at least understand what is God, what is the characteristics of God. Therefore the beginning of spiritual education is to understand one&#039;s self, this self-realization. How to realize self? We have to take knowledge from others. Knowledge means..., to acquire knowledge, to learn from the teacher. So here is the supreme teacher, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is accepted as the supreme teacher by everyone, by all the great sages formerly, like Vyāsadeva, Nārada, Devala, Asita. All other great sages. And recently, in the modern age, by our ācāryas, Śrī Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, Rāmānuja, yes, Śaṅkarācārya, Viṣṇu Svāmī. All these great sages, great ācāryas, they came from your South India. So you are fortunate in that sense. So we have to follow the ācāryas. All these ācāryas accept Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord. All these ācāryas. And later, lately, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, five hundred years ago, He also accepted that Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam [SB 1.3.28]. That is the acceptance in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.6.7 -- Vrndavana, November 29, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.6.7 -- Vrndavana, November 29, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Spiritual education means, beginning is, to understand that &amp;quot;I am not this body.&amp;quot; Ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am beyond this body.&amp;quot; But in the case of Kṛṣṇa or His different expansion, plenary expansion, there is no such difference, deha dehī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:prakṛta kariya mane viṣṇu-kalevara&lt;br /&gt;
:apārādha nāhi āra iṅhāra upara(?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said, &amp;quot;Any rascal&amp;quot;—of course, &amp;quot;rascal&amp;quot; he did not say; I say—that &amp;quot;Anyone who considers the body of Kṛṣṇa is prakṛta&amp;quot;—prakṛta means material—&amp;quot;that is the greatest offense.&amp;quot; The Māyāvādīs, they say so. Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, māyāvādī haya kṛṣṇe aparādhī. They think that when... &amp;quot;God is impersonal, but when He becomes a person, He accepts the material body.&amp;quot; That is wrong. Here it is said that mukta-liṅgasya bhagavata ṛṣabhasya. It is no difference. Even a big scholar, while writing comments on Bhagavad-gītā, when Kṛṣṇa says, man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru [Bg. 18.65], he warns the reader, &amp;quot;It is not to the person. The soul or the spirit within the person.&amp;quot; Means he is thinking Kṛṣṇa as ordinary person, and he&#039;s a big scholar. This is going on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.108-109 -- New York, July 15, 1976|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.108-109 -- New York, July 15, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; But if you are very learned philosopher, scientist, then read books. Both ways we have prepared to convince you.&lt;br /&gt;
So,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:jīvera svarūpa haya kṛṣṇera nitya-dāsa&lt;br /&gt;
:kṛṣṇera taṭasthā-śakti bhedābheda-prakāśa&lt;br /&gt;
:[Cc. Madhya 20.108]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhedābheda-prakāśa. Bheda means difference, and abheda means one. Two philosophies are going on. The Māyāvādīs, they say, &amp;quot;We are the same.&amp;quot; So &#039;ham: &amp;quot;I am the same.&amp;quot; Ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am the Supreme Brahman.&amp;quot; But the Vedic literature says, ahaṁ brahmāsmi, but Kṛṣṇa, or God, is Param Brahman. In the Vedas there is no such thing as ahaṁ paraṁ brahmāsmi. No. They are misusing. The... Instead of understanding... Brahman, every one of us, we are Brahman. There is no doubt about it. But unfortunately, by mistake, by illusion, I am thinking, &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; So spiritual education means first of all one has to understand that ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am Brahman. I am not this body.&amp;quot; That is the beginning of spiritual education.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 14 May, 1972|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 14 May, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My dear Gurudasa,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated May 5, 1972, and I have noted the contents. You can accept Suri&#039;s plan, it is very nice, so you execute it perfectly. That will be the grandest temple in Vrindaban. May be a little costly, but if you can collect Rs. 25,000 per month and also Gargamuni can collect Rs. 25,000 per month, then it can be done nicely.&lt;br /&gt;
In the Hindi BTG there are so many mistakes, spelling, grammar, and some places the philosophy is faulty with some other ideas mixed in; the printing is shabby, the second page is almost invisible. So this has to be improved somehow or other. Dr. Kapoor has remarked exactly. So you may inform Ksirodakasayi, and you try to help him for improving Hindi BTG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must construct something wonderful. Otherwise, it will be a discredit to you American boys. That will exalt the position of America in India. And in every temple food distribution must go on profusely with American food supplies. Have the Americans given us the food supplies, is there any tangible donation? Or is it simply promises? If we can supply some proof they have given us such and such amount of foodstuffs, some document, that will help us in all parts of the world as propaganda and for approaching your country&#039;s government in other places for supplying us. So if you have got such document, kindly send me one copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we open a branch in Madras, actually there are so many poor children there. Spiritual education and food, that is proper. Simply supplying food is nonsense. Spiritual education means just to inject in their ears about our philosophy, externally they chant beads, wear tilak, without any discrimination of Hindu or Muslim or anything.&lt;br /&gt;
So I am very much encouraged by your letters, and I am confident I have entrusted this Vrindaban project, which is one of the most important of our this ISKCON, to the right persons, namely, yourself, your good wife, Yamuna devi, and Ksirodakasayi Prabhu. So kindly offer the others my blessings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hoping this meets you all in good health.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your ever well-wisher,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACBS/sda&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_renunciation_means&amp;diff=75571</id>
		<title>Real renunciation means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_renunciation_means&amp;diff=75571"/>
		<updated>2009-01-25T12:58:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Real renunciation means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|08Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Renunciation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real renunciation means that one should always think himself part and parcel of the Supreme Lord and therefore think that he has no right to enjoy the results of his work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 18.49|BG 18.49, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Real renunciation means that one should always think himself part and parcel of the Supreme Lord and therefore think that he has no right to enjoy the results of his work. Since he is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, the results of his work must be enjoyed by the Supreme Lord. This is actually Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The person acting in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is really a sannyāsī, one in the renounced order of life. By such a mentality, one is satisfied because he is actually acting for the Supreme. Thus he is not attached to anything material; he becomes accustomed to not taking pleasure in anything beyond the transcendental happiness derived from the service of the Lord. A sannyāsī is supposed to be free from the reactions of his past activities, but a person who is in Kṛṣṇa consciousness automatically attains this perfection without even accepting the so-called order of renunciation. This state of mind is called yogārūḍha, or the perfectional stage of yoga. As confirmed in the Third Chapter, yas tv ātma-ratir eva syāt: one who is satisfied in himself has no fear of any kind of reaction from his activity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real renunciation means perfect dependence on God.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.18.22|SB 1.18.22, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this world everyone is envious of his fellow being. But a perfect paramahaṁsa, being completely given up to the service of the Lord, is perfectly nonenvious. He loves every living being in relation with the Supreme Lord. Real renunciation means perfect dependence on God. Every living being is dependent on someone else because he is so made. Actually everyone is dependent on the mercy of the Supreme Lord, but when one forgets his relation with the Lord, he becomes dependent on the conditions of material nature. Renunciation means renouncing ones dependence on the conditions of material nature and thus becoming completely dependent on the mercy of the Lord. Real independence means complete faith in the mercy of the Lord without dependence on the conditions of matter. This paramahaṁsa stage is the highest perfectional stage in bhakti-yoga, the process of devotional service to the Supreme Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real renunciation means you have to give up the andha-kūpa life and take shelter of Kṛṣṇa, harim āśrayeta.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.15 -- Hyderabad, November 21, 1972|Lecture on BG 2.15 -- Hyderabad, November 21, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the Prahlāda Mahārāja advising that &amp;quot;You give up all this nonsense conceptions&amp;quot; Vanaṁ gato yad dharim āśrayeta [SB 7.5.5]. Just vanaṁ gataḥ, means just become free from this conception, gṛham andha-kūpam conception of life. Take the broader life of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Then you&#039;ll be happy. Hitvātma-pātaṁ gṛham andha-kūpaṁ vanaṁ gato yad dharim āśrayeta [SB 7.5.5]. Harim āśrayeta. The real business is harim āśrayeta. Vanaṁ gataḥ. Vanaṁ gataḥ means go to the forest. Formerly, after gṛhastha life, vānaprastha life, sannyāsa life, they used to live in the forest. But going to the forest is not the main purpose of life. Because in the forest there are many animals. Does it mean they are advanced in spiritual life? That is called markaṭa-vairāgya. Markaṭa-vairāgya means &amp;quot;monkey renunciation.&amp;quot; Monkey is naked. Nāga-bābā. Naked. And eats fruit, monkey, and lives underneath a tree or on the tree. But he has got at least three dozen wives. So this markaṭa-vairāgya, this kind of renunciation, has no value. Real renunciation. Real renunciation means you have to give up the andha-kūpa life and take shelter of Kṛṣṇa, harim āśrayeta. If you take shelter of Kṛṣṇa, then you can give up this, all this &amp;quot;ism&amp;quot; life. Otherwise, it is not possible; you&#039;ll be entrapped by this &amp;quot;ism&amp;quot; life. So hitvātma-pātaṁ gṛham andha-kūpaṁ vanaṁ gato yad dharim āśrayeta [SB 7.5.5]. Not to give up... If you give up something, you must take up something. Otherwise, it will be disturbed. Take up. That is recommendation: paraṁ dṛṣṭvā nivartate [Bg. 9.59]. You can give up your family life, social life, political life, this life, that life when you take Kṛṣṇa conscious life. Otherwise, it is not possible. Otherwise, you must have to take some of this life. There is no question of your freedom. There is no question of freedom from anxieties. This is the way.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Material_teachers&amp;diff=75568</id>
		<title>Material teachers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Material_teachers&amp;diff=75568"/>
		<updated>2009-01-25T12:42:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;material teachers&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler| Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first| 10Jan08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Material]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Material and Spiritual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prahlāda Mahārāja considered that what he had learned from his spiritual master was the best of all teachings whereas what he had learned about diplomacy from his material teachers, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, was useless&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.5.23-24|SB 7.5.23-24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;  When Prahlāda Mahārāja was asked by his father to say something from whatever he had learned, he considered that what he had learned from his spiritual master was the best of all teachings whereas what he had learned about diplomacy from his material teachers, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, was useless. Bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra ca (Bhāg. 11.2.42). This is the symptom of pure devotional service. A pure devotee is interested only in devotional service, not in material affairs. To execute devotional service, one should always engage in hearing and chanting about Kṛṣṇa, or Lord Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Prahlāda Mahārāja wanted to impress upon the sons of the demons that although such knowledge can be understood only by a saintly person like Nārada, they should not be disappointed, for if one takes shelter of Nārada instead of material teachers, this knowledge is possible to understand&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.6.27|SB 7.6.27, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is stated here that this confidential knowledge is extremely difficult to understand, yet it is very easy to understand if one takes shelter of a pure devotee. This confidential knowledge is also mentioned at the end of Bhagavad-gītā, where the Lord says, sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja: [Bg. 18.66] &amp;quot;Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me.&amp;quot; This knowledge is an extremely confidential secret, but it can be understood if one approaches the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the bona fide agent, the spiritual master in the disciplic succession from Nārada. Prahlāda Mahārāja wanted to impress upon the sons of the demons that although such knowledge can be understood only by a saintly person like Nārada, they should not be disappointed, for if one takes shelter of Nārada instead of material teachers, this knowledge is possible to understand. Understanding does not depend upon high parentage. The living entity is certainly pure on the spiritual platform, and therefore anyone who attains the spiritual platform by the grace of the spiritual master can also understand this confidential knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prahlada Maharaja considered that what he had learned from his spiritual master was the best of all teaching, whereas what he had learned about diplomacy from his material teachers, Sanda and Amarka, was useless.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.5.23-24 -- Vrndavana, March 31, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.5.23-24 -- Vrndavana, March 31, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the nine different processes of devotional service. So Prahlāda Mahārāja was asked by his father to say something from whatever he had learned. He considered that what he had learned from his spiritual master was the best of all teaching, whereas what he had learned about diplomacy from his material teachers, Sanda and Amarka, was useless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the education at the present moment throughout the whole world is Sanda-Amarka education. For a devotee such kind of education has no value. Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca. Everyone is being educated how to live comfortably with reference to the comforts of the body. This is not education. Real education is to understand oneself, self-realization, and with that purpose one should make progress in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, that beginning with śravaṇam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Tara_means&amp;diff=75562</id>
		<title>Tara means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Tara_means&amp;diff=75562"/>
		<updated>2009-01-25T12:33:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* Purports to Songs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Tara means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Meaning of Sanskrit Words]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When people become too much sinful, the earth becomes overburdened by the sinful activities of the people. And Kṛṣṇa comes to mitigate. The tara, tara means movement; and ava, ava means down.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.23 -- Hawaii, January 19, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.23 -- Hawaii, January 19, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So bhūri-bharāvatāra-kṛtāvatārasya. Bhūri-bhara, when people become too much sinful, the earth becomes overburdened by the sinful activities of the people. Therefore it is called bhūri-bharavatāra. And Kṛṣṇa comes to mitigate. Dharmasya glānir bhavati bhārata, tadātmānaṁ sṛjāmy aham. Kṛtāvatārasya harer dharitri. This is the purpose of avatāra. Avatāra, this word is very significant. The tara, tara means movement; and ava, ava means down. Just like avanati. So avatāra. Kṛṣṇa lives in the spiritual sky, beyond this material sky, very high, and Kṛṣṇa-loka, the planet of Kṛṣṇa, is the topmost planet in the spiritual world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Purports to Songs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛthā means useless, janma means life, tāra means his, and sambandha means relationship.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Purport to Nitai-Pada-Kamala -- Los Angeles, December 21, 1968|Purport to Nitai-Pada-Kamala -- Los Angeles, December 21, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Then he says, se sambandha nāhi jā&#039;r. Sambandha means connection or contact. &amp;quot;So anybody who has not contacted a relationship with Nityānanda,&amp;quot; se sambandha nāhi jā&#039;r, bṛthā janma gelo tā&#039;r, &amp;quot;then he is supposed to have spoiled his human birth.&amp;quot; In other song also Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, hari hari biphale janama goṅāinu: &amp;quot;Anyone who does not approach Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa through the relationship of Nityānanda, his life is uselessly spoiled. &amp;quot;Se sambandha nāhi jā&#039;r, bṛthā janma gelo tā&#039;r. Bṛthā means useless, janma means life, tāra means his, and sambandha means relationship. &amp;quot;So anyone who has no relationship with Nityānanda, he is simply spoiling his, the boon of human form of life.&amp;quot; Why he is spoiling? Se paśu boro durācār. Se means that; paśu, animal; durācār, dura, misbehaved, mostly misbehaved. Because without our elevation to Kṛṣṇa consciousness through the mercy of Lord Caitanya-Nityānanda, the life is simply animal propensities. That&#039;s all. Sense gratification.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wherever you are living, you just try to deliver your family, your neighborhood, your friends. Deliver, tāra. Tāra means deliver.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 18, 1975, Bombay|Morning Walk -- December 18, 1975, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: (Sanskrit) If you want to be learned, then you have to read Bhāgavatam. Vidvāṁś cakre satvata. Vidvāṁ means Vyāsadeva. He compiled Bhāgavatam for the education of these rascals. Na te vidhuḥ svārtha-gatim. The same thing. They do not know what is their self-interest. Na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi visnu. And another place, anartha. This is anartha. Without knowing the real self-interest, they are engaged in so many so-called duties. Kṛṣṇa says sarva-dharmān: &amp;quot;Give up all these duties,&amp;quot; but they will not do. Therefore Vyāsadeva says, anārthopasamaṁ sākṣād... These unnecessary engagements cannot be given up, anarthopasamaṁ sākṣād bhakti-yogam adhokṣaje [SB 1.7.6]. To teach them bhakti yoga... And, anārthopasamaṁ sākṣād bhakti-yogam adhoksaje lokasyājānato. These rascals, they do not know it. Lokasya ajānata. Ajānato lokasya. They do not know how to get free from this unwanted situation. But to get them free, vidyā... Vyāsadeva is vidvān, vidvāṁś cakre sātvata-saṁhitām. Anārthopasamaṁ sākṣād bhakti-yogam adhokṣaje lokasya ajanataḥ. Ajanato lokasya, they do not know, Hm? The same thing, a dog, what does he know what is the interest of life? Therefore Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu has advised that because all these rascals are filled up all over the world, &amp;quot;Each one of you become a guru.&amp;quot; Yes. So many gurus required. Āmāra ajñāya guru haya tāra ei deśa, wherever you are living, you just try to deliver your family, your neighborhood, your friends. Deliver, tāra. Tāra means deliver. &amp;quot;How can I do it? I am not a guru; I am a common...&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No. You have to become a guru.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;How?&amp;quot; Yāre dekha tāre kaha &#039;kṛṣṇa-upadeśa&#039;: [Cc. Madhya 7.128] simply repeat the instruction given by Kṛṣṇa. Then you will become guru.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra ei deśa. Tāra means preaching.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- May 2, 1976, Fiji|Room Conversation -- May 2, 1976, Fiji]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guru-kṛpā: Śrīla Prabhupāda, what about, say, many of your Godbrothers? They also have disciples, and they also are properly initiated by a proper spiritual master, and they give the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The thing is the spirit, real service of preaching, stopped. Formality is going on, but the real business.... Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s movement means āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra ei deśa [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. That is stopped. Do you follow? The formalities is there, but the real life of Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s movement is preaching. Otherwise why Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra ei deśa. Tāra means preaching. Yāre dekha, tāre kaha &#039;kṛṣṇa-upadeśa&#039; [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. And that is stopped. They are satisfied if they could construct one temple and beg some rice from the neighborhood: &amp;quot;Sir, we have got some temple,&amp;quot; that&#039;s all. They are satisfied. The spirit of preaching forward-pāpī tāpī jata chilo, hari-nāme uddhārilo—that is stopped. So by hari-nāma, by chanting, by this way, to live little peacefully in the temple and eat and sleep, that much they have got. If that is the success, that success they have got. And this was condemned by my Guru Mahārāja, that &amp;quot;To earn some money by showing Deity in the temple and eat and sleep—better you become a sweeper in the street and earn your honest livelihood and live.&amp;quot; This is cheating. This was condemned. To construct a temple.... Just like the Vṛndāvana Gosvāmīs are doing. They thought that &amp;quot;This is our business. Some innocent people will come here and offer some.... Bas, that&#039;s our good income.&amp;quot; According to the temple&#039;s popularity, they think, &amp;quot;This is our success.&amp;quot; Therefore they are deteriorating. So that is not success. Success is his who is pushing forward the preaching method. That is his success. And if we think that &amp;quot;By showing a temple Deity we get some money and rice and cloth and just peacefully live here. Don&#039;t bother about going to Fiji and all over...&amp;quot; (laughs) That much success they have got. But that is not Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi grāma, sarvatra pracāra. What they are doing for that? That is point.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Under_the_care_of_the_guru&amp;diff=75555</id>
		<title>Under the care of the guru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Under_the_care_of_the_guru&amp;diff=75555"/>
		<updated>2009-01-25T12:18:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;under the care of the guru&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|28Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Under The]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:care]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Guru]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before entering household life, one should be trained as a brahmacārī, living under the care of the guru, whose place is known as the guru-kula. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.6.9|SB 7.6.9, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Before entering household life, one should be trained as a brahmacārī, living under the care of the guru, whose place is known as the guru-kula. Brahmacārī guru-kule vasan dānto guror hitam (SB 7.12.1). From the very beginning, a brahmacārī is trained to sacrifice everything for the benefit of the guru. A brahmacārī is advised to go begging alms door to door, addressing all women as mother, and whatever he collects goes to the benefit of the guru. In this way he learns how to control his senses and sacrifice everything for the guru. When he is fully trained, if he likes he is allowed to marry. Thus he is not an ordinary gṛhastha who has learned only how to satisfy his senses.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A brahmacārī must live under the care of the guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.15.38-39|SB 7.15.38-39, Translation and Purport]]: It is abominable for a person living in the gṛhastha-āśrama to give up the regulative principles, for a brahmacārī not to follow the brahmacārī vows while living under the care of the guru, for a vānaprastha to live in the village and engage in so-called social activities, or for a sannyāsī to be addicted to sense gratification. One who acts in this way is to be considered the lowest renegade. Such a pretender is bewildered by the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and one should either reject him from any position, or taking compassion upon him, teach him, if possible, to resume his original position.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have repeatedly stressed that human culture does not begin unless one takes to the principles of varṇāśrama-dharma. Although gṛhastha life is a concession for the enjoyment of sex, one cannot enjoy sex without following the rules and regulations of householder life. Furthermore, as already instructed, a brahmacārī must live under the care of the guru: brahmacārī guru-kule vasan dānto guror hitam [SB 7.12.1]. If a brahmacārī does not live under the care of the guru, if a vānaprastha engages in ordinary activities, or if a sannyāsī is greedy and eats meat, eggs and all kinds of nonsense for the satisfaction of his tongue, he is a cheater and should immediately be rejected as unimportant. Such persons should be shown compassion, and if one has sufficient strength one should teach them to stop them from following the wrong path in life. Otherwise one should reject them and pay them no attention.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Guru_is_called...&amp;diff=75549</id>
		<title>Guru is called...</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Guru_is_called...&amp;diff=75549"/>
		<updated>2009-01-25T12:02:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;guru is called&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Guru]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Called]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A guru is called also an ācārya, or a person who has personally assimilated all the essence of śāstras and has helped his disciples to adopt the ways.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.7.43|SB 1.7.43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Arjuna arrested Aśvatthāmā knowing perfectly well that he was the son of Droṇācārya. Kṛṣṇa also knew him to be so, but both of them condemned the murderer without consideration of his being the son of a brāhmaṇa. According to revealed scriptures, a teacher or spiritual master is liable to be rejected if he proves himself unworthy of the position of a guru or spiritual master. A guru is called also an ācārya, or a person who has personally assimilated all the essence of śāstras and has helped his disciples to adopt the ways. Aśvatthāmā failed to discharge the duties of a brāhmaṇa or teacher, and therefore he was liable to be rejected from the exalted position of a brāhmaṇa. On this consideration, both Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna were right in condemning Aśvatthāmā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vyāsadeva is the original ācārya. Therefore the birthday of guru is called vyāsa-pūjā. Vyāsa-pūjā means original guru.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.16 -- London, August 22, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.16 -- London, August 22, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our business should be to be engaged in the sat platform, not in the asat platform. Asat platform, nonpermanent, or according to somebody&#039;s opinion, false. So false or nonpermanent, whatever it may be, the real human civilization should be based on the purpose of becoming immortal, sat, not asat. That is the distinction between India and other countries. Now I am not speaking of India of today, but India as it is. Big, big ācāryas, just like Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva is the original ācārya. Therefore the birthday of guru is called vyāsa-pūjā. Vyāsa-pūjā means original guru. Guru is the representative of Vyāsadeva. This throne is called vyāsāsana, sitting place of Vyāsadeva. So one who is representative of Vyāsadeva, he can sit on this throne. So guru, by paramparā system, guru is seated on the vyāsāsana because he is the representative. Just like in the high-court, the bench, it is called bench. Actually, the bench is to be used by the head of the executive power, the king or the president. But the high-court judge is the representative of the head executive; therefore, he sits on that bench.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Therefore guru is called, Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mercy-incarnation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 10, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- December 10, 1973, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: Is it, is it also not the mercy of Kṛṣṇa that He has descended to incarnate(?) and...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, therefore guru is called the, Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mercy-incarnation. Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mercy-incarnation is guru. Guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja [Cc. Madhya 19.151]. Kṛṣṇa is so merciful, He&#039;s trying to educate from within, and outside He sends His representative to teach. So He&#039;s trying to bring all these living entities back to home, back to Godhead. Two ways, from inside, and outside. His propaganda is going on. His propaganda is going on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The guru is called Vyāsa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk Excerpts -- May 1, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk Excerpts -- May 1, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: They say, some of them, there was not one Vyāsadeva, but multiple Vyāsas and all sorts of things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So which Vyāsa you accept? There may be multiple but which Vyāsa? That means if someone... I do not know if there were multiple Vyāsadeva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Vyāsa is the surname.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, Vyāsa, Vyāsadeva... The guru is called Vyāsa. That is one... But the original Vyāsa is one. Just like we. We worship the birthday of guru as Vyāsa-pūjā day because guru is representative of Vyāsa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Serving_great_devotees&amp;diff=75130</id>
		<title>Serving great devotees</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Serving_great_devotees&amp;diff=75130"/>
		<updated>2009-01-18T10:20:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;serving great devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;service of the great devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;service of great devotees&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;serve the great devotees&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|11Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|18Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Serve]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Great Devotees]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When his mother was engaged in serving great devotees, Nārada also became engaged, and sometimes, in the absence of his mother, he would serve the great devotees himself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.2|BG 9.2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Vedānta-sūtra (3.2.26) this is also described in the following words: prakāśaś ca karmaṇy abhyāsāt. &amp;quot;Devotional service is so potent that simply by engaging in the activities of devotional service one becomes enlightened without a doubt.&amp;quot; A practical example of this can be seen in the previous life of Nārada, who in that life happened to be the son of a maidservant. He had no education, nor was he born into a high family. But when his mother was engaged in serving great devotees, Nārada also became engaged, and sometimes, in the absence of his mother, he would serve the great devotees himself. Nārada personally says,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:ucchiṣṭa-lepān anumodito dvijaiḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:sakṛt sma bhuñje tad-apāsta-kilbiṣaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:evaṁ pravṛttasya viśuddha-cetasas&lt;br /&gt;
:tad-dharma evātma-ruciḥ prajāyate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.5.25) Nārada describes his previous life to his disciple Vyāsadeva. He says that while engaged as a boy servant for those purified devotees during the four months of their stay, he was intimately associating with them. Sometimes those sages left remnants of food on their dishes, and the boy, who would wash their dishes, wanted to taste the remnants. So he asked the great devotees for their permission, and when they gave it Nārada ate those remnants and consequently became freed from all sinful reactions. As he went on eating, he gradually became as pure-hearted as the sages. The great devotees relished the taste of unceasing devotional service to the Lord by hearing and chanting, and Nārada gradually developed the same taste.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In his previous life, Nārada was a maidservant&#039;s son, but his mother was engaged in the service of great devotees.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.23.7|SB 3.23.7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By the grace of Kardama Muni, Devahūti experienced actual realization simply by serving. We get a similar example in the life of Nārada Muni. In his previous life, Nārada was a maidservant&#039;s son, but his mother was engaged in the service of great devotees. He got the opportunity to serve the devotees, and simply by eating the remnants of their foodstuff and carrying out their orders he became so elevated that in his next life he became the great personality Nārada. For spiritual achievement the easiest path is to take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and to serve him with heart and soul. That is the secret of success. As stated by Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura in his eight stanzas of prayer to the spiritual master, yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādaḥ: ** by serving or receiving the grace of the spiritual master, one receives the grace of the Supreme Lord. By serving her devotee husband, Kardama Muni, Devahūti shared in his achievements. Similarly, a sincere disciple, simply by serving a bona fide spiritual master, can achieve all the mercy of the Lord and the spiritual master simultaneously.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Devotion is therefore explained as devoid of material desires.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.3.14|SB 5.3.14, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Mahārāja Nābhi was inclined to performing great sacrifices for begetting a son. The son might be as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but such a material desire—be it great or insignificant—is brought about by the influence of māyā. A devotee does not at all desire anything for sense gratification. Devotion is therefore explained as devoid of material desires (anyābhilāṣitā-śūnya). Everyone is subjected to the influence of māyā and entangled in all kinds of material desire, and Mahārāja Nābhi was no exception. Freedom from māyā&#039;s influence is possible when one engages in the service of the great devotees (mahac-caraṇa-sevā). Without worshiping the lotus feet of a great devotee, one cannot be freed from māyā&#039;s influence. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore says, chāḍiyā vaiṣṇava-sevā nistāra pāyeche kebā: &amp;quot;Who has been freed from māyā&#039;s clutches without serving the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava?&amp;quot; Māyā is aparājita, and her influence is also aparājita. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā (7.14):&lt;br /&gt;
:daivī hy eṣā guṇa-mayī&lt;br /&gt;
:mama māyā duratyayā&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is difficult to overcome.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nārada tells there of his previous life and how he developed to the stage of ecstatic love. He was engaged in the service of great devotees and used to hear their talks and songs.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 17|Nectar of Devotion 17]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; An example of rising to the stage of ecstatic love by executing the regulative principles of devotional service is given in the life story of Nārada, which is described to Vyāsadeva in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Nārada tells there of his previous life and how he developed to the stage of ecstatic love. He was engaged in the service of great devotees and used to hear their talks and songs. Because he had the opportunity to hear these pastimes and songs of Kṛṣṇa from the mouths of pure devotees, he became very attracted within his heart. Because he had become so eager to hear these topics, he gradually developed within himself an ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa. This ecstatic love is prior to the pure love of Kṛṣṇa, because in the next verse Nārada confirms that by the gradual process of hearing from the great sages he developed love of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Principles_are_taught&amp;diff=75128</id>
		<title>Principles are taught</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Principles_are_taught&amp;diff=75128"/>
		<updated>2009-01-18T10:02:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;principles are taught&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vraj Kishori| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|18Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teaching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; There are higher and lower mathematics. In all incarnations of the Lord, therefore, the same principles are taught, but they appear to be higher and lower in varied circumstances.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 4.7|BG 4.7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The principles of the Bhagavad-gītā were spoken to Arjuna, and, for that matter, to other highly elevated persons, because he was highly advanced compared to ordinary persons in other parts of the world. Two plus two equals four is a mathematical principle that is true in the beginner&#039;s arithmetic class and in the advanced class as well. Still, there are higher and lower mathematics. In all incarnations of the Lord, therefore, the same principles are taught, but they appear to be higher and lower in varied circumstances. The higher principles of religion begin with the acceptance of the four orders and the four statuses of social life,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Religious principles are taught for the sake of name and fame only and not for the sake of practical action.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:ISO 10|Sri Isopanisad 10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; n the modern society, even a boy thinks himself self-sufficient and pays no respect to elderly men. Due to the wrong type of education being imparted in our universities, boys all over the world are giving their elders headaches. Thus Śrī Īśopaniṣad very strongly warns that the culture of nescience is different from that of knowledge. The universities are, so to speak, centers of nescience only; consequently scientists are busy discovering lethal weapons to wipe out the existence of other countries. University students today are not given instructions in the regulative principles of brahmacarya (celibate student life), nor do they have any faith in any scriptural injunctions. Religious principles are taught for the sake of name and fame only and not for the sake of practical action. Thus there is animosity not only in social and political fields but in the field of religion as well.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordinary person, they cannot understand the Vedic language. Therefore from historical references these Vedic principles are taught.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.4 -- Toronto, June 20, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.6.4 -- Toronto, June 20, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So we must take to śāstra-vidhi. This is the actual advancement of civilization. Because life after life we have forgotten about our relationship with God, and this is the only chance, human form of life, we can revive our relationship with God. In the Caitanya-caritāmṛta it is said that anādi bahir-mukha jīva kṛṣṇa bhuli&#039; gelā ataeva kṛṣṇa veda-purāṇa karilā. Why these Veda, Purāṇas are there? Especially in India, we have got so many Vedic literatures. First of all, the four Vedas—Sāma, Yajur, Ṛg, Atharva. Then their gist philosophy, Vedānta-sūtra. Then Vedānta explanation, the Purāṇas. Purāṇa means supplementary. Ordinary person, they cannot understand the Vedic language. Therefore from historical references these Vedic principles are taught. That is called Purāṇas. And the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is called Mahā-purāṇa. It is spotless Purāṇa, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, because in other Purāṇas there are material activities, but in this Mahā-purāṇa, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, simply spiritual activities. That is wanted. So this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was written by Vyāsadeva under the instruction of Nārada. Mahā-purāṇa. So we have to take advantage of this. So many valuable literatures. The human life is meant for that. Why you are neglecting? Our attempt is, this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is how to spread this knowledge of the Vedas and the Purāṇas so that the human being can take advantage of it and make his life successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_ocean&amp;diff=75120</id>
		<title>Spiritual ocean</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_ocean&amp;diff=75120"/>
		<updated>2009-01-18T09:19:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* SB Canto 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;spiritual ocean&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler| Visnu Murti| Kanupriya| Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first| 15Jan08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|18Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=3|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ocean]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Material and Spiritual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The material ocean is stagnant, but the spiritual ocean is dynamic.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.6.36|SB 2.6.36, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Spiritual happiness is ānandāmbudhi-vardhanam, or the ocean of happiness which increases. The material ocean is stagnant, but the spiritual ocean is dynamic. In the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, (Ādi-līlā, Fourth Chapter) Kavirāja Gosvāmī has very nicely described this dynamic increment of the ocean of spiritual happiness in the transcendental person of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, the pleasure potency of Lord Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This material creation is like that. It is just like a cloud in the vast spiritual ocean, sky.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.4.1 -- Los Angeles, June 24, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.4.1 -- Los Angeles, June 24, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This material world... There was no material world. Simply there was spiritual world. Just like when all of a sudden cloud appears in the sky. The sky was there, the cloud has appeared. Similarly, this material creation is like that. It is just like a cloud in the vast spiritual ocean, sky. The sky is spiritual. This sky in which we are now existing, that is not spiritual. Just like the sky, covered by the clouds, is the same sky, but it is covered. Similarly, we are living within the covered sky, and if you penetrate the cover, then you go to the spiritual sky. While going to the spiritual sky, you have to give up your body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The spiritual ocean is so nice that it increased, and the enjoyer of that ānanda, he also increases.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.13-14 -- Montreal, August 22, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.9.13-14 -- Montreal, August 22, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ānandāmbudhi-vardhanam. And the more and more you get relish in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, your transcendental pleasure becomes more and more appreciated. It is so nice. Ānandāmbudhi-vardhanam. Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said, ambudhi... Ambudhi means ocean. In the ordinary course, the ocean does not increase. If ocean would have increased, then there would..., so many towns would have been washed away. Sometimes it happens of course, temporarily. But anandāmbudhi. The spiritual ocean is so nice that it increased, and the enjoyer of that ānanda, he also increases.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So this ocean does not increase, but when you come to the spiritual ocean of ānanda, blissfulness, it will increase daily.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB Lecture -- Melbourne, May 19, 1975|Lecture on SB Lecture -- Melbourne, May 19, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; And as soon as you become cleansed of all dirty things, then your actual progress of life begins. Just like kairava-candrikā, just like the moon, on the first day it is just like a line, then gradually increases; the body and the moonshine increases. Therefore this comparison is given. The more you become Kṛṣṇa consciousm the shining of your life increases. Śreyaḥ-kairava-candrikā-vitaraṇaṁ vidyā-vadhū-jīvanam. Then this life will be full of knowledge. Vidyā-vadhū-jīvanam. Ānandāmbudhi-vardhanam. And to increase the life of knowledge means ananda. Ānanda means pleasure. We want pleasure. So you will get more and more pleasing life. Ānandāmbudhi-vardhanam. And prati-padaṁ pūrṇāmṛtāsvādanam. And every step of life, as we are... In the material way of life we are experienced, only unpleasure, difficulties, the just opposite. Ānandāmbudhi-vard... Āmbudhi means the ocean. So this ocean does not increase, but when you come to the spiritual ocean of ānanda, blissfulness, it will increase daily.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Trained_as_a_sudra&amp;diff=72692</id>
		<title>Trained as a sudra</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Trained_as_a_sudra&amp;diff=72692"/>
		<updated>2008-12-29T13:45:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;trained as sudras&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;trained as sudra&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;trained as a sudra&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Laborer Class (Sudra)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The American boys, who have simply been trained as śūdras, are not at all fit to fight in battle.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.8.36|SB 4.8.36, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Dhruva Mahārāja indirectly informed the great sage Nārada that there are four kinds of human spirit—the brahminical spirit, the kṣatriya spirit, the vaiśya spirit and the śūdra spirit. The spirit of one caste is not applicable to the members of another. The philosophical spirit enunciated by Nārada Muni might have been suitable for a brāhmaṇa spirit, but it was not suitable for a kṣatriya. Dhruva frankly admitted that he was lacking in brahminical humility and was therefore unable to accept the philosophy of Nārada Muni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The statements of Dhruva Mahārāja indicate that unless a child is trained according to his tendency, there is no possibility of his developing his particular spirit. It was the duty of the spiritual master or teacher to observe the psychological movement of a particular boy and thus train him in a particular occupational duty. Dhruva Mahārāja, having already been trained in the kṣatriya spirit, would not accept the brahminical philosophy. In America we have practical experience of this incompatibility of the brahminical and kṣatriya temperaments. The American boys, who have simply been trained as śūdras, are not at all fit to fight in battle. Therefore, when they are called to join the military, they refuse because they do not have kṣatriya spirit. This is a cause of great dissatisfaction in society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That the boys do not have the kṣatriya spirit does not mean that they are trained in brahminical qualities; they are trained as śūdras, and thus in frustration they are becoming hippies. However, as soon as they enter the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement being started in America, they are trained to meet the brahminical qualifications, even though they have fallen to the lowest conditions as śūdras. In other words, since the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is open for everyone, people in general can attain the brahminical qualifications. This is the greatest need at the present moment, for now there are actually no brāhmaṇas or kṣatriyas but only some vaiśyas and, for the most part, śūdras. The classification of society into brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras is very scientific. In the human social body, the brāhmaṇas are considered the head, the kṣatriyas are the arms, the vaiśyas are the belly, and the śūdras are the legs. At the present moment the body has legs and a belly, but there are no arms or head, and therefore society is topsy-turvy. It is necessary to reestablish the brahminical qualifications in order to raise the fallen human society to the highest standard of spiritual consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He is trained as a śūdra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, March 17, 1968|Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, March 17, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa says to Arjuna, yudhyasva mām anusmara: [Bg. 8.7] &amp;quot;As a fighter, you have to fight. You cannot go away from fighting. It is not your duty.&amp;quot; Nowadays... I have got experience, practical experience, that the drafting board of your country, calling some boy that &amp;quot;You join military,&amp;quot; but he is not willing. Why? Because he is not trained as a kṣatriya. He is trained as a śūdra. Therefore the caste system is very scientific. A section of people should be trained as brāhmaṇas. Those who are intelligent enough in the society, they should be picked up for being trained in higher philosophical science. Those who are less intelligent than the brāhmaṇas, they should be given military training. We require everything—not that everyone is military man. This is nonsense. How everyone can be military man? Because they are sending śūdras to Vietnam they are unnaturally being killed. So any country who is very proud of scientific advancement, if he does not know how to organize society, he is a fool. He&#039;s a fool.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But when people are trained as śūdra, how he can fight?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.46 -- Los Angeles, May 8, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.8.46 -- Los Angeles, May 8, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So there are many... This is actually Vedic culture. You will find all this from Mahābhārata. Bhāgavata also, we are trying to explain as far as possible. The brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, this is natural division. So for fighting, kṣatriya. In India, because still there are some kṣatriyas, there is no such draft board. The kṣatriya class, they would come forward to be recruited by the military department. They will not go away. They will be very glad to accept military service, because in their blood the kṣatriya spirit is there. In India there is no scarcity to find out a fighter. But when people are trained as śūdra, how he can fight? Therefore it is very scientific. Cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ [Bg. 4.13]. The society must be divided. There is division already, natural. We have to simply pick out, that &amp;quot;This boy is brāhmaṇa, this boy is kṣatriya, this boy is vaiśya, and this boy is śūdra.&amp;quot; So they should be given separate employment. Then there will be peace. If a person is employed according to his natural tendency, he becomes successful, he becomes successful. But if you give some employment, just like to put a cart before a horse, like that, no, that will not be successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone is being trained as śūdra or utmost vaiśya, how to make money.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- August 15, 1971, London|Room Conversation -- August 15, 1971, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: We don&#039;t want to fight. None of our boys want to fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: They also do not want fight but they are forced. They do not want to fight. Because they&#039;re... Kalau śūdra-sambhavaḥ. In the Kali-yuga everyone is śūdra. What he&#039;ll fight? Fighting is not the business of a śūdra. It is meant for the kṣatriya. And nobody is being trained as kṣatriya or brāhmaṇa. Everyone is being trained as śūdra or utmost vaiśya, how to make money. That&#039;s all. One class of men is being trained how to serve and get some money, another class is being trained how to make money by exploitation. That is capitalist and communist. The communists are the śūdras. They are protesting that &amp;quot;You are exploiting us and getting money. It must stop.&amp;quot; That is Communism. Is it not? And the vaiśyas, they are trying to exploit others. Some way or other bring money. So there are these capitalists and śūdra and vaiśya. There is no kṣatriya, there is no brāhmaṇa. Therefore the whole social structure is lost. So we are trying to create some brāhmaṇas. And people if follow our instruction then whole social structure is again revived. Hare Kṛṣṇa. So we have got very serious mission. Don&#039;t be fickle. When you have come and sacrificed your life for the mission, don&#039;t be fickle. Be very steady and capture Kṛṣṇa&#039;s lotus feet tightly. You&#039;ll never be attacked by māyā. Otherwise as soon as you give up Kṛṣṇa, māyā is ready. Just like side by side there is sun... shadow and light. If you push little from light then go to shadow. This is already side by side māyā and Kṛṣṇa. So as soon as you forget Kṛṣṇa-māyā. As soon as you give up māyā, then Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Fighting_is_going_on_everywhere._It_is_not_a_good_sign._I_know_the_fight_spirit_is_there_in_you,_within_the_Westerners,_that_even_if_you_do_not_care_to_fight,_someone_will_induce_you_to_fight&amp;diff=72691</id>
		<title>Fighting is going on everywhere. It is not a good sign. I know the fight spirit is there in you, within the Westerners, that even if you do not care to fight, someone will induce you to fight</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Fighting_is_going_on_everywhere._It_is_not_a_good_sign._I_know_the_fight_spirit_is_there_in_you,_within_the_Westerners,_that_even_if_you_do_not_care_to_fight,_someone_will_induce_you_to_fight&amp;diff=72691"/>
		<updated>2008-12-29T13:31:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Fighting is going on everywhere. It is not a good sign&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fighting]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Not Good]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sign]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This fighting is going on everywhere. It is not a good sign.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Alanatha -- Bombay 13 November, 1975|Letter to Alanatha -- Bombay 13 November, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; But one thing is disturbing me, are these reports coming from Sweden. These books are translated by Vegavan and Ajita, so they are rendering good service to you. Do not deal with them by force. They are competent hands, so why fight with them? Do everything amicably. This fighting is going on everywhere. It is not a good sign. I know the fight spirit is there in you, within the Westerners, that even if you do not care to fight, someone will induce you to fight. Rather, you should make vigorous propaganda for making people understand the utility of the Krsna consciousness philosophy. It is not something speculative. Make your plans, organize, and then execute in order to increase all of our Krsna consciousness programs. This will be better.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Quarrel_between_the_laborers_and_the_capitalists&amp;diff=72690</id>
		<title>Quarrel between the laborers and the capitalists</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Quarrel_between_the_laborers_and_the_capitalists&amp;diff=72690"/>
		<updated>2008-12-29T13:26:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;quarrel between the laborers and the capitalists&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quarrel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Laborers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Capitalists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In modern society there is always a great quarrel between the laborers and the capitalists.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Iso mantra 1|Iso mantra 1, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In modern society there is always a great quarrel between the laborers and the capitalists. This quarrel has taken an international shape, and the world is in danger. Men face one another in enmity and snarl just like cats and dogs. Śrī Īśopaniṣad cannot give advice to the cats and dogs, but it can deliver the message of Godhead to man through the bona fide ācāryas (holy teachers). The human race should take the Vedic wisdom of Śrī Īśopaniṣad and not quarrel over material possessions. One must be satisfied with whatever privileges are given to him by the mercy of the Lord. There can be no peace if the communists or capitalists or any other party claims proprietorship over the resources of nature, which are entirely the property of the Lord. The capitalists cannot curb the communists simply by political maneuvering, nor can the communists defeat the capitalists simply by fighting for stolen bread. If they do not recognize the proprietorship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all the property they claim to be their own is stolen. Consequently they will be liable to punishment by the laws of nature. Nuclear bombs are in the hands of both communists and capitalists, and if both do not recognize the proprietorship of the Supreme Lord, it is certain that these bombs will ultimately ruin both parties. Thus in order to save themselves and bring peace to the world, both parties must follow the instructions of Śrī Īśopaniṣad.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Converting_this_hell_of_pandemonium&amp;diff=72050</id>
		<title>Converting this hell of pandemonium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Converting_this_hell_of_pandemonium&amp;diff=72050"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T14:15:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;converting this hell of pandemonium&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Convert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hell]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pandemonium]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If only the leading and wealthy persons of society agree to spend fifty percent of their income in the service of the Lord, as it is taught by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, there is absolute certainty of converting this hell of pandemonium to the transcendental abode of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.5.36|SB 1.5.36, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The major portion of our monetary income, not less than fifty percent, must be spent to carry out the order of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Not only should we give the profit of our earning to this cause, but we must also arrange to preach this cult of devotion to others because that is also one of the orders of the Lord. The Lord definitely says that no one is more dear to Him than one who is always engaged in the preaching work of the Lord&#039;s name and fame all over the world. The scientific discoveries of the material world can also be equally engaged in carrying out His order. He wants the message of the Bhagavad-gītā to be preached amongst His devotees. It may not be so done amongst those who have no credit of austerities, charity, education, etc. Therefore, the attempt must go on to convert unwilling men to become His devotees. Lord Caitanya has taught a very simple method in this connection. He has taught the lesson for preaching the transcendental message through singing, dancing and refreshment. As such, fifty percent of our income may be spent for this purpose. In this fallen age of quarrel and dissension, if only the leading and wealthy persons of society agree to spend fifty percent of their income in the service of the Lord, as it is taught by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, there is absolute certainty of converting this hell of pandemonium to the transcendental abode of the Lord. No one will disagree to partake in a function where good singing, dancing and refreshment are administered. Everyone will attend such a function, and everyone is sure to feel individually the transcendental presence of the Lord. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This alone will help the attendant associate with the Lord and thereby purify himself in spiritual realization. The only condition for successfully executing such spiritual activities is that they must be conducted under the guidance of a pure devotee who is completely free from all mundane desires, fruitive activities and dry speculations about the nature of the Lord. No one has to discover the nature of the Lord. It is already spoken by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gītā especially and in all other Vedic literatures generally. We have simply to accept them in toto and abide by the orders of the Lord. That will guide us to the path of perfection. One can remain in his own position. No one has to change his position, especially in this age of variegated difficulties. The only condition is that one must give up the habit of dry speculation aimed at becoming one with the Lord. And after giving up such lofty puffed-up vanities, one may very submissively receive the orders of the Lord in the Bhagavad-gītā or Bhāgavatam from the lips of a bona fide devotee whose qualification is mentioned above. That will make everything successful, without a doubt.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sound_Hare_Krsna_contains_om&amp;diff=72049</id>
		<title>The sound Hare Krsna contains om</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_sound_Hare_Krsna_contains_om&amp;diff=72049"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T14:05:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;the sound Hare Krsna contains om&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sound]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hare Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contains]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Omkara]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The impersonal sound of Kṛṣṇa is oṁ, but the sound Hare Kṛṣṇa contains oṁ.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 8.13|BG 8.13, Translation and Purport]]: After being situated in this yoga practice and vibrating the sacred syllable oṁ, the supreme combination of letters, if one thinks of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and quits his body, he will certainly reach the spiritual planets.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is clearly stated here that oṁ, Brahman and Lord Kṛṣṇa are not different. The impersonal sound of Kṛṣṇa is oṁ, but the sound Hare Kṛṣṇa contains oṁ. The chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is clearly recommended for this age. So if one quits his body at the end of life chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare, he certainly reaches one of the spiritual planets, according to the mode of his practice. The devotees of Kṛṣṇa enter the Kṛṣṇa planet, Goloka Vṛndāvana. For the personalists there are also innumerable other planets, known as Vaikuṇṭha planets, in the spiritual sky, whereas the impersonalists remain in the brahmajyoti.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=False_pretense&amp;diff=72047</id>
		<title>False pretense</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=False_pretense&amp;diff=72047"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T13:53:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;false pretense&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;false pretensions&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;false pretension&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:False]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pretension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Message of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But under a false pretense of &amp;quot;enjoyer&amp;quot; dictated by the illusory energy, they think themselves to be really enjoying.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:MOG 2|Message of Godhead 2]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ordinarily, these mundaners cannot easily understand their eternal relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Instead, they themselves have posed as Kṛṣṇa, under the false inducement of the illusory energy. This false position of supreme enjoyer gives them much trouble as they search for lordship over the powers of nature, but still these mundaners cannot give up the spirit of lording it over. And when they pretend to give up the enjoying spirit, under the pressure of disappointment and frustration, they usually take shelter of pseudo renunciation, with an even greater spirit of enjoyment. The mundane workers, who are always desirous of enjoying the fruits of their mundane activities, suffer greatly under the pressing disadvantages of such activities, just like poor oxen tightly tethered to the grinding mill. But under a false pretense of &amp;quot;enjoyer&amp;quot; dictated by the illusory energy, they think themselves to be really enjoying. Therefore, the learned karma-yogīs tactfully engage such foolish mundaners in the respective works for which they have special attachments—but in relation with Kṛṣṇa—without disturbing them in their general activities. For this purpose only, the learned and liberated souls who are eternal servitors of Kṛṣṇa sometimes remain in the midst of ordinary activities, just to attract the foolish mundaners to the process of karma-yoga.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By false pretension, he is occupying big, big post and taking money for his sense gratification.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, this place is for unhappiness. In the Bhagavad-gītā you will find this place, the material world, has been described as duḥkhālayam. Duḥkhālayam means the place of miseries. So how you... If the place is made for miseries, how you can make this place as full of pleasure, if God made like that? Just like if you are put into the prison house and if you want to live very comfortably, is it possible? Prison house is meant for giving you trouble so that you may be rectified, no more stealing, not to become criminal. It is meant for punishment. Similarly, this whole material world is meant for punishing these criminals who wanted to enjoy independently God&#039;s property. They are all criminals. We are worshiping the best nationalist, who is thinking in terms that &amp;quot;This place is mine,&amp;quot; philanthropist or political leader. But actually, he is a thief because he is claiming God&#039;s property as his own. He is a criminal. Kṛṣṇa says, sarva-loka-maheśvaram: &amp;quot;I am the proprietor of all the planets, all the universes.&amp;quot; Suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānām: [Bg. 5.29] &amp;quot;I am the friend of all living entities.&amp;quot; But these people, they are claiming that... The leader is claiming, &amp;quot;I am the friend,&amp;quot; and he is claiming, &amp;quot;I am the proprietor.&amp;quot; They are, therefore, criminal. He is not friend. Just like your president. He is not friend of the countrymen. So this is the position of the most exalted man, and what to speak of the ordinary man?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nobody is friend. All enemies. Therefore I am envious of you, you are envious of me. There is no question of becoming friend because everyone is selfish. He wants his personal benefit, so how he can become other&#039;s friend? This is false. By false pretension, he is occupying big, big post and taking money for his sense gratification. That&#039;s all. This is material world. And to keep up his position he is proclaiming, that &amp;quot;I am your friend.&amp;quot; Just like when Nixon was being elected: &amp;quot;America needs Nixon now.&amp;quot; (laughter) I have seen that signboard. And then again it became, &amp;quot;America needs to kick out.&amp;quot; (laughter) This is going on. This is cheating. Both of them are cheater. Those who elected him, he is also cheater, and who became elected, he is also cheater. So this is the society of cheaters and cheated. The so-called human society means the society of the cheaters and cheated. One man is cheated, another man is cheater, and alternately he is also cheated and others are cheated. This is going on.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;How long they can go on with false pretense? And these people, they have no idea what is spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Endowments Commissioner of Andhra Pradesh -- August 22, 1976, Hyderabad|Room Conversation with Endowments Commissioner of Andhra Pradesh -- August 22, 1976, Hyderabad]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. How long they can go on with false pretense? And these people, they have no idea what is spiritual life. It is a profession for collecting money. So if you... We do not like to criticize. Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Kanayalal Munshi, he did not believe there is life after death or he did not believe there is Kṛṣṇa, fact. This is the founder. So what is their knowledge? And Vivekananda made Nārāyaṇa daridra. So this is their manufacturing ideas. They have no sound knowledge, vacant. They are misled themselves, and they will mislead others. This is going on. But if you say that, &amp;quot;You are the only man?&amp;quot; I can say, &amp;quot;Yes, I am the only man&amp;quot; at the present moment. You believe or not believe. And why? Because I am following Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instructions. That&#039;s all. I do not touch anything. That is our process. What Kṛṣṇa has said, we say, that&#039;s all. Therefore there is little success. I don&#039;t manufacture. I have no extraordinary power or I cannot show magic or jugglery of words. But I do sincerely to present what Kṛṣṇa has said. So if you do that, you&#039;ll be successful. If you do not do that, you&#039;ll never be successful. If you manufacture idea... We must know that we are defective. Our manufacturing of idea all defective. We must take standard instructions from Kṛṣṇa. Then everything... So if you stick to this point, then we can guide you. And you&#039;ll be successful. Guidance is Kṛṣṇa. Our duty is to present Kṛṣṇa. Just like somebody has sent you money order, 1,000 rupees. I am a peon. I am not giving you the money. The money is sent by somebody. But I do not open it, adulterate it—that is my honesty. That is my honesty. So the instruction is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s. If I honestly deliver the same message to you then you are benefited, I am benefited. And as soon as I pilfer it, then it is useless. I am useless and you don&#039;t get profits, success. So if you decide to take Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instruction rightly, then we can give you very good guidance. Everywhere you&#039;ll be successful. Everything is there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Dimension_of_the_soul&amp;diff=72046</id>
		<title>Dimension of the soul</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Dimension_of_the_soul&amp;diff=72046"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T13:40:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;dimension of the spirit soul&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;dimension of the soul&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dimensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Souls]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When the upper point of a hair is divided into one hundred parts and again each of such parts is further divided into one hundred parts, each such part is the measurement of the dimension of the spirit soul.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 2.17|BG 2.17, Translation and Purport]]: That which pervades the entire body you should know to be indestructible. No one is able to destroy that imperishable soul.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse more clearly explains the real nature of the soul, which is spread all over the body. Anyone can understand what is spread all over the body: it is consciousness. Everyone is conscious of the pains and pleasures of the body in part or as a whole. This spreading of consciousness is limited within one&#039;s own body. The pains and pleasures of one body are unknown to another. Therefore, each and every body is the embodiment of an individual soul, and the symptom of the soul&#039;s presence is perceived as individual consciousness. This soul is described as one ten-thousandth part of the upper portion of the hair point in size. The Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (5.9) confirms this:&lt;br /&gt;
:bālāgra-śata-bhāgasya&lt;br /&gt;
:śatadhā kalpitasya ca&lt;br /&gt;
:bhāgo jīvaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:sa cānantyāya kalpate&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;When the upper point of a hair is divided into one hundred parts and again each of such parts is further divided into one hundred parts, each such part is the measurement of the dimension of the spirit soul.&amp;quot; Similarly the same version is stated:&lt;br /&gt;
:keśāgra-śata-bhāgasya&lt;br /&gt;
:śatāṁśaḥ sādṛśātmakaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:jīvaḥ sūkṣma-svarūpo &#039;yaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:saṅkhyātīto hi cit-kaṇaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[Cc. Madhya 19.140]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;There are innumerable particles of spiritual atoms, which are measured as one ten-thousandth of the upper portion of the hair.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the individual particle of spirit soul is a spiritual atom smaller than the material atoms, and such atoms are innumerable. This very small spiritual spark is the basic principle of the material body, and the influence of such a spiritual spark is spread all over the body as the influence of the active principle of some medicine spreads throughout the body. This current of the spirit soul is felt all over the body as consciousness, and that is the proof of the presence of the soul. Any layman can understand that the material body minus consciousness is a dead body, and this consciousness cannot be revived in the body by any means of material administration. Therefore, consciousness is not due to any amount of material combination, but to the spirit soul. In the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad (3.1.9) the measurement of the atomic spirit soul is further explained:&lt;br /&gt;
:eṣo &#039;ṇur ātmā cetasā veditavyo&lt;br /&gt;
:yasmin prāṇaḥ pañcadhā saṁviveśa&lt;br /&gt;
:prāṇaiś cittaṁ sarvam otaṁ prajānāṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:yasmin viśuddhe vibhavaty eṣa ātmā&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The soul is atomic in size and can be perceived by perfect intelligence. This atomic soul is floating in the five kinds of air (prāṇa, apāna, vyāna, samāna and udāna), is situated within the heart, and spreads its influence all over the body of the embodied living entities. When the soul is purified from the contamination of the five kinds of material air, its spiritual influence is exhibited.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The haṭha-yoga system is meant for controlling the five kinds of air encircling the pure soul by different kinds of sitting postures—not for any material profit, but for liberation of the minute soul from the entanglement of the material atmosphere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the constitution of the atomic soul is admitted in all Vedic literatures, and it is also actually felt in the practical experience of any sane man. Only the insane man can think of this atomic soul as all-pervading viṣṇu-tattva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of the atomic soul can be spread all over a particular body. According to the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad, this atomic soul is situated in the heart of every living entity, and because the measurement of the atomic soul is beyond the power of appreciation of the material scientists, some of them assert foolishly that there is no soul. The individual atomic soul is definitely there in the heart along with the Supersoul, and thus all the energies of bodily movement are emanating from this part of the body. The corpuscles which carry the oxygen from the lungs gather energy from the soul. When the soul passes away from this position, the activity of the blood, generating fusion, ceases. Medical science accepts the importance of the red corpuscles, but it cannot ascertain that the source of the energy is the soul. Medical science, however, does admit that the heart is the seat of all energies of the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such atomic particles of the spirit whole are compared to the sunshine molecules. In the sunshine there are innumerable radiant molecules. Similarly, the fragmental parts of the Supreme Lord are atomic sparks of the rays of the Supreme Lord, called by the name prabhā, or superior energy. So whether one follows Vedic knowledge or modern science, one cannot deny the existence of the spirit soul in the body, and the science of the soul is explicitly described in the Bhagavad-gītā by the Personality of Godhead Himself.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Well-wisher_of_everyone&amp;diff=72045</id>
		<title>Well-wisher of everyone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Well-wisher_of_everyone&amp;diff=72045"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T13:32:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* SB Canto 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;well-wisher of everyone&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;well-wisher to all&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;well-wisher to everyone&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Well-wisher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A pure devotee of the Lord automatically develops all godly qualities, and one of the prominent features of those qualities is; he is a well-wisher to all.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.3.13|SB 2.3.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A pure devotee of the Lord automatically develops all godly qualities, and some of the prominent features of those qualities are as follows: he is kind, peaceful, truthful, equable, faultless, magnanimous, mild, clean, nonpossessive, a well-wisher to all, satisfied, surrendered to Kṛṣṇa, without hankering, simple, fixed, self-controlled, a balanced eater, sane, mannerly, prideless, grave, sympathetic, friendly, poetic, expert and silent. Out of these twenty-six prominent features of a devotee, as described by Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja in his Caitanya-caritāmṛta, the qualification of being poetic is especially mentioned herein in relation to Śukadeva Gosvāmī. The presentation of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by his recitation is the highest poetic contribution. He was a self-realized learned sage. In other words, he was a poet amongst the sages.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Constant_companion&amp;diff=72033</id>
		<title>Constant companion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Constant_companion&amp;diff=72033"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T13:11:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;constant companions&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;constant companion&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;constant companionship&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|109}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Constant]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Companion]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We must discover the essential part of the living being, that part which is his constant companion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG Introduction|BG Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The English world religion is a little different from sanātana-dharma. Religion conveys the idea of faith, and faith may change. One may have faith in a particular process, and he may change this faith and adopt another, but sanātana-dharma refers to that activity which cannot be changed. For instance, liquidity cannot be taken from water, nor can heat be taken from fire. Similarly, the eternal function of the eternal living entity cannot be taken from the living entity. Sanātana-dharma is eternally integral with the living entity. When we speak of sanātana-dharma, therefore, we must take it for granted on the authority of Śrīpāda Rāmānujācārya that it has neither beginning nor end. That which has neither end nor beginning must not be sectarian, for it cannot be limited by any boundaries. Those belonging to some sectarian faith will wrongly consider that sanātana-dharma is also sectarian, but if we go deeply into the matter and consider it in the light of modern science, it is possible for us to see that sanātana-dharma is the business of all the people of the world—nay, of all the living entities of the universe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-sanātana religious faith may have some beginning in the annals of human history, but there is no beginning to the history of sanātana-dharma, because it remains eternally with the living entities. Insofar as the living entities are concerned, the authoritative śāstras state that the living entity has neither birth nor death. In the Gītā it is stated that the living entity is never born and he never dies. He is eternal and indestructible, and he continues to live after the destruction of his temporary material body. In reference to the concept of sanātana-dharma, we must try to understand the concept of religion from the Sanskrit root meaning of the word. Dharma refers to that which is constantly existing with a particular object. We conclude that there is heat and light along with the fire; without heat and light, there is no meaning to the word fire. Similarly, we must discover the essential part of the living being, that part which is his constant companion. That constant companion is his eternal quality, and that eternal quality is his eternal religion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Human_consciousness_into_godly_consciousness&amp;diff=72030</id>
		<title>Human consciousness into godly consciousness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Human_consciousness_into_godly_consciousness&amp;diff=72030"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T13:05:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;human consciousness into godly consciousness&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Human]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Consciousness]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Godly]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When God-made varṇāśrama-dharma, which is strictly meant for developing animal consciousness into human consciousness and human consciousness into godly consciousness, is broken by advancement of foolishness, the whole system of peaceful and progressive life is at once disturbed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.16.31|SB 1.16.31, Translation and Purport]]: I am thinking about myself and also, O best amongst the demigods, about you, as well as about all the demigods, sages, denizens of Pitṛloka, devotees of the Lord and all men obedient to the system of varṇa and āśrama in human society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To effect the perfection of human life there is cooperation between men and demigods, sages, denizens of the Pitṛloka, devotees of the Lord and the scientific system of varṇa and āśrama orders of life. The distinction between human life and animal life therefore begins with the scientific system of varṇa and āśrama, guided by the experience of the sages in relation with the demigods, gradually rising to the summit of reestablishing our eternal relation with the Supreme Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa. When God-made varṇāśrama-dharma, which is strictly meant for developing animal consciousness into human consciousness and human consciousness into godly consciousness, is broken by advancement of foolishness, the whole system of peaceful and progressive life is at once disturbed. In the age of Kali, the first attack of the venomous snake strikes against the God-made varṇāśrama-dharma, and thus a person properly qualified as a brāhmaṇa is called a śūdra, and a śūdra by qualification is passing as a brāhmaṇa, all on a false birthright claim. To become a brāhmaṇa by a birthright claim is not at all bona fide, although it may be a fulfillment of one of the conditions. But the real qualification of a brāhmaṇa is to control the mind and the senses, and to cultivate tolerance, simplicity, cleanliness, knowledge, truthfulness, devotion and faith in the Vedic wisdom. In the present age, consideration of the necessary qualification is being neglected, and the false birthright claim is being supported even by a popular, sophisticated poet, the author of Rāma-carita-mānasa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is all due to the influence of the age of Kali. Thus mother earth, represented as a cow, was lamenting the regrettable condition.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Essence_of_all_doctrines_and_philosophies&amp;diff=72027</id>
		<title>Essence of all doctrines and philosophies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Essence_of_all_doctrines_and_philosophies&amp;diff=72027"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T12:59:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;essence of all doctrines and philosophies&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Doctrine]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Philosophy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This chapter of Bhagavad-gītā is called the king of education because it is the essence of all doctrines and philosophies explained before. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.2|BG 9.2, Translation and Purport]]: This knowledge is the king of education, the most secret of all secrets. It is the purest knowledge, and because it gives direct perception of the self by realization, it is the perfection of religion. It is everlasting, and it is joyfully performed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter of Bhagavad-gītā is called the king of education because it is the essence of all doctrines and philosophies explained before. Among the principal philosophers in India are Gautama, Kaṇāda, Kapila, Yājñavalkya, Śāṇḍilya and Vaiśvānara. And finally there is Vyāsadeva, the author of the Vedānta-sūtra. So there is no dearth of knowledge in the field of philosophy or transcendental knowledge. Now the Lord says that this Ninth Chapter is the king of all such knowledge, the essence of all knowledge that can be derived from the study of the Vedas and different kinds of philosophy. It is the most confidential because confidential or transcendental knowledge involves understanding the difference between the soul and the body. And the king of all confidential knowledge culminates in devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_rejuvenation&amp;diff=72026</id>
		<title>Spiritual rejuvenation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_rejuvenation&amp;diff=72026"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T12:53:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* 1969 Correspondence */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;spiritual rejuvenation&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;rejuvenation of spiritual life&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Rejuvenation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So spiritual rejuvenation required.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.13 -- London, August 19, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.13 -- London, August 19, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So make your life successful, that &amp;quot;I am not this body.&amp;quot; Simply by understand... &amp;quot;I am not this body. I am embodied within this body, encaged. But I am not this cage.&amp;quot; Just like a bird is within the cage. The cage is not the bird. But foolish persons, they are taking care of the cage, not of the bird. The bird, out of starvation, is suffering. So we are suffering spiritual starvation. Therefore nobody is happy in this material world. Spiritual starvation. Therefore we see in an opulent country like America, enough food, enough residence, enough material enjoyment, still they are becoming hippies, all over the world. They are not satisfied, because it is spiritual starvation. Materially we may be very opulent, but if you starve spiritually, you cannot be happy. This is the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So spiritual rejuvenation required. Ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am not this body. I am Brahman, spiritual soul.&amp;quot; Then you will be happy. Brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati [Bg. 18.54], samaḥ sarveṣu... Then there will be equality, fraternity, brotherhood. Otherwise it is all bogus, simply high-sounding words. There cannot be all these things. Come to the spiritual platform, brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na... [Bg. 18.54], samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu. Then you can see equally. Otherwise you will see that &amp;quot;I have become human being. I have got my hands and legs, and the poor cow has no hands and legs. Kill him and eat.&amp;quot; No. Samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu. Asamata. Unequality. Why? What right you have got to kill another animal? Because you have no vision of equality, for want of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore so-called education, culture, fraternity, in this material world, all these are bogus, humbug. Simply Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the right subject matter to be studied by sane, sober, dhīra. Then the society will be happy; otherwise not.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Siddhaye means to get the spiritual power, or spiritual rejuvenation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Bombay, February 18, 1974|Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Bombay, February 18, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So manuṣyāṇām, out of the, there are many kinds of men also. Just like kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ [SB 2.4.18]. The Africans, the Mongolians, the Huns... There are so many. We know so many types of human beings. Out of that, a few who are known as Aryans, they are the best type of human being. And out of the Aryans, those who are followers of the Vedic principles, they are the best. But those who are following the Vedic principles, they say that &amp;quot;We are Vedic, or followers of the varṇāśrama-dharma&amp;quot;—in common sense they call &amp;quot;Hindu&amp;quot;—but actually, they say so, they do not follow the principles. They do not follow them. They act against the Vedic principles. Therefore it is said that even though one gets this human form of life after many, many millions of years, the living soul, still, there are so many divisions in the human form of life; therefore it is said, manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣu: [Bg. 7.3] &amp;quot;Out of many millions of human beings,&amp;quot; kaścid yatati siddhaye. Siddhaye. Siddhaye means to get the spiritual power, or spiritual rejuvenation. That is called siddhi.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is a solid, genuine movement for the total spiritual rejuvenation of the human society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mr. Jim Doody -- Los Angeles 8 February, 1969|Letter to Mr. Jim Doody -- Los Angeles 8 February, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please rest assured that in this movement there is no question of imperfectness. This is a solid, genuine movement for the total spiritual rejuvenation of the human society. I am requesting in this letter through you that every honest and sincere boy or girl must immediately join with us in this movement. If one is actually serious to understand the problems of life, he will surely find the right answers in this movement. Please read carefully our book, Bhagavad-gita As It Is, and you will find yourself getting enlightenment to the fullest extent. There is no doubt of this.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We can adjust the Buddhists, Christians, and even the Mohammedans to our KC movement, so if the religious heads of these faiths try to understand our philosophy, certainly there will be great impetus in the matter of spiritual rejuvenation of the world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Syamasundara -- New Vrindaban 3 June, 1969|Letter to Syamasundara -- New Vrindaban 3 June, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated May 29, 1969, and I have noted the contents. I am very glad that the Queen has consented the Redundant Churches Bill, and there is good chance of getting one church for our temple. There are many redundant churches because the Christian people are gradually deviating from their religious beliefs on account of stereotype presentation of the Bible by sophisticated priests. Modern youths are educated in advance, so they are no more interested in repetition of the same static mottos. They want something dynamic, progress in spiritual understanding, but the Christian priests could not satisfy them. In comparison to all these dogmatic principles, our KC movement presents everything in the right perspective, even from scientific and philosophical point of view. So if you can secure one church in England for utilizing in our movement, I think we shall be able to secure many such churches all over the world. We have great respect for Lord Jesus Christ. We accept him as powerful incarnation of Krishna, as much as we accept Lord Buddha. We can adjust the Buddhists, Christians, and even the Mohammedans to our KC movement, so if the religious heads of these faiths try to understand our philosophy, certainly there will be great impetus in the matter of spiritual rejuvenation of the world. So try to convince the Archbishop of Canterbury and implore him to give us this chance of spreading God-Consciousness in the world&#039;s greatest city, London. If my presence is required, I am prepared to go at any moment within the month of June, because I am thinking of going to San Francisco in July for Rathayatra which Tamala Krishna is arranging.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We simply want their cooperation in this matter that they allow us to use their many vacant churches in the Western countries for rejuvenation of spiritual life in this part of the world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Syamasundara -- Hamburg 31 August, 1969|Letter to Syamasundara -- Hamburg 31 August, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; On the whole, your sincere endeavor for serving Krishna is gradually being accepted by the Lord, and the more you endeavor for such service, the more you&#039;ll feel sublime in existence in direct contact with Krishna day after day. I am also very glad to learn that you have already prepared a groundwork in England of the Krishna Consciousness Movement, and if I go there I shall take the opportunity to convince the people in general, philosophers and religionists of London about the importance of the Krishna Consciousness Movement. Sometime back I sent one letter addressed to the Archbishop of Canterbury, supposed to be presented through Mr. George Harrison, and I shall be glad to know what happened to that letter. If it was not presented before, it may be done so when George Harrison meets the Archbishop for the church. Actually our Krishna Conscious movement is genuine Christian movement. Christ means Krishna, love of Godhead, Who has His face annointed with tilak. There is a word Kristos in the Greek dictionary, and this word is supposed to be borrowed from the Sanskrit word &amp;quot;Krishna,&amp;quot; and Christ is derived from Kristos. I find these things in a book known as Aquarian Gospel of Lord Jesus the Christ. Anyway, any genuine Christian will find our movement nice and perfect. We simply want their cooperation in this matter that they allow us to use their many vacant churches in the Western countries for rejuvenation of spiritual life in this part of the world. So if the Archbishop kindly gives us a church through the intervention of Mr. Harrison, it will be a great success for our movement. So try your best for this achievement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=One_should_not_associate_with_these_apasampradaya_communities&amp;diff=72020</id>
		<title>One should not associate with these apasampradaya communities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=One_should_not_associate_with_these_apasampradaya_communities&amp;diff=72020"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T12:38:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;one should not associate with these apasampradaya communities&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:associate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In order to follow strictly the disciplic succession of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one should not associate with these apasampradāya communities.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.48|CC Adi 7.48, Translation and Purport]]: On the basis of scriptures like Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which reveal these confidential directions, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed Sanātana Gosvāmī regarding all the regular activities of a devotee.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the paramparā system, the instructions taken from the bona fide spiritual master must also be based on revealed Vedic scriptures. One who is in the line of disciplic succession cannot manufacture his own way of behavior. There are many so-called followers of the Vaiṣṇava cult in the line of Caitanya Mahāprabhu who do not scrupulously follow the conclusions of the śāstras, and therefore they are considered to be apa-sampradāya, which means “outside of the sampradāya.” Some of these groups are known as āula, bāula, kartābhajā, neḍā, daraveśa, sāṅi, sahajiyā, sakhībhekī, smārta, jāta-gosāñi, ativāḍī, cūḍādhārī and gaurāṅga-nāgarī. In order to follow strictly the disciplic succession of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one should not associate with these apasampradāya communities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One who is not taught by a bona fide spiritual master cannot understand the Vedic literature. To emphasize this point, Lord Kṛṣṇa, while instructing Arjuna, clearly said that it was because Arjuna was His devotee and confidential friend that he could understand the mystery of the Bhagavad-gītā. It is to be concluded, therefore, that one who wants to understand the mystery of revealed scriptures must approach a bona fide spiritual master, hear from him very submissively and render service to him. Then the import of the scriptures will be revealed. It is stated in the Vedas (Śvetāśvatara Up. 6.23):&lt;br /&gt;
:yasya deve parā bhaktir yathā deve tathā gurau&lt;br /&gt;
:tasyaite kathitā hy arthā prakāśante mahātmanaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[ŚU 6.23]&lt;br /&gt;
“The real import of the scriptures is revealed to one who has unflinching faith in both the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the spiritual master.” Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura advises, sādhu-śāstra-guru-vākya, hṛdaye kariyā aikya. The meaning of this instruction is that one must consider the instructions of the sādhu, the revealed scriptures and the spiritual master in order to understand the real purpose of spiritual life. Neither a sādhu (saintly person or Vaiṣṇava) nor a bona fide spiritual master says anything that is beyond the scope of the sanction of the revealed scriptures. Thus the statements of the revealed scriptures correspond to those of the bona fide spiritual master and saintly persons. One must therefore act with reference to these three important sources of understanding.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=You_should_do_everything_combinedly._That_is_my_request._Gradually,_by_Krishna%27s_Grace,_we_are_expanding._So_if_amongst_ourselves_there_is_friction,_it_will_be_very_dangerous&amp;diff=72019</id>
		<title>You should do everything combinedly. That is my request. Gradually, by Krishna&#039;s Grace, we are expanding. So if amongst ourselves there is friction, it will be very dangerous</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=You_should_do_everything_combinedly._That_is_my_request._Gradually,_by_Krishna%27s_Grace,_we_are_expanding._So_if_amongst_ourselves_there_is_friction,_it_will_be_very_dangerous&amp;diff=72019"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T12:32:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;if amongst ourselves there is friction, it will be very dangerous&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Friction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dangerous]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; So if amongst ourselves there is friction, it will be very dangerous.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gargamuni -- Hamburg 8 September, 1969|Letter to Gargamuni -- Hamburg 8 September, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letters dated August 27th and 29th, 1969 and September 3rd 1969. Regarding Brahmananda&#039;s letter, I have asked him not to open Spiritual Sky business on the Eastern Coast, and a copy of the letter is enclosed herewith for your reference. I thank you very much for the contribution you have made of 300 dollars to my book fund, and the Sankirtana table is also very encouraging. Regarding the order of 12 mrdangas that you have suggested I discontinue, I have already done this, and the letter to Indo Crafter is enclosed herewith in carbon copy along with a copy of the invoice. Regarding United Shipping Corporation&#039;s shipment of Srimad-Bhagavatam, I have advised the bank in Vrindaban, and it will be all right. So far as one half of this shipment going to Los Angeles, I will speak to Brahmananda about this. But one thing is you must stop this fighting between brothers. Otherwise the whole program will be spoiled. Yourself, Tamala Krishna, Brahmananda, Satsvarupa—you should do everything combinedly. That is my request. Gradually, by Krishna&#039;s Grace, we are expanding. So if amongst ourselves there is friction, it will be very dangerous. So after my return to the States I shall make it more firm so there may not be any dissension. But you should be careful also. Regarding the Rs. 1,862.40 being equal to 250 dollars instead of 400 dollars, your money is safe. Don&#039;t worry. The balance will be used for importing goods here. It will not remain in India.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Raise_them_in_a_Krishna_Conscious_culture&amp;diff=72018</id>
		<title>Raise them in a Krishna Conscious culture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Raise_them_in_a_Krishna_Conscious_culture&amp;diff=72018"/>
		<updated>2008-12-27T12:28:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Raise them in a Krishna Conscious culture&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Raise]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Krsna Conscious]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Culture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we can organize such an institution such as St. Xavier&#039;s college in Calcutta and Bombay and we can give them instruction through the English medium and raise them in a Krishna Conscious culture we shall get unlimited number of students from respectable families of India.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Tamala Krsna, Gurudasa -- London 23 August, 1971|Letter to Tamala Krsna, Gurudasa -- London 23 August, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This membership program is so nice that you can make members all over the world. So this temple should be subscribed by money raised all over the world and it must be very unique. The aim is to make it an international institute for taking perfect spiritual order of life; we shall give titles like bachelor of divinity, master of divinity, doctor of divinity. Besides that as I have already told you all several times in India, respectable gentlemen want to educate their children through the English medium. If we can organize such an institution such as St. Xavier&#039;s college in Calcutta and Bombay and we can give them instruction through the English medium and raise them in a Krishna Conscious culture we shall get unlimited number of students from respectable families of India. Such institution will be very much welcome especially in Bombay and Delhi. So think over this matter how best to organize such an institution as St. Xavier&#039;s college. Our mission is solid. Our philosophy is not utopian. Our men are being trained for exemplary character. So we shall have a unique position all over the world provided we stick to the principles, namely unflinching faith in Spiritual Master and Krishna, chanting not less than 16 rounds regularly and following the regulative principles. Then our men will conquer all over the world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Not_even_a_drop_of_love_for_Krsna&amp;diff=71445</id>
		<title>Not even a drop of love for Krsna</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Not_even_a_drop_of_love_for_Krsna&amp;diff=71445"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T13:39:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;not even a drop of love for Krsna&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;any drop of love for Krsna&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=2|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Love for Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Antya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wherever there is a relationship of love of Godhead, the natural symptoms are that the devotee does not think himself a devotee, but always thinks that he has not even a drop of love for Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Antya 4.173|CC Antya 4.173, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A devotee on the topmost platform of devotional service always humbly thinks that he is not rendering any devotional service. He thinks that he is poor in devotional service and that his body is material. On the other hand, those known as the sahajiyās foolishly think that their material bodies are transcendental. Because of this, they are always bereft of the association of pure devotees, and thus they cannot behave like Vaiṣṇavas. Observing the defects of the sahajiyās, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has sung as follows in his book Kalyāṇa-kalpataru:&lt;br /&gt;
:āmi ta’ vaiṣṇava,     e-buddhi ha-ile,&lt;br /&gt;
:amānī nā haba āmi&lt;br /&gt;
:pratiṣṭhāśā āsi’,     hṛdaya dūṣibe,&lt;br /&gt;
:ha-iba niraya-gāmī&lt;br /&gt;
:nije śreṣṭha jāni’,     ucchiṣṭādi-dāne,&lt;br /&gt;
:habe abhimāna bhāra&lt;br /&gt;
:tāi śiṣya tava,     thākiyā sarvadā,&lt;br /&gt;
:nā la-iba pūjā kāra&lt;br /&gt;
“‘If I think I am a Vaiṣṇava, I shall look forward to receiving respect from others. And if the desire for fame and reputation pollutes my heart, certainly I shall go to hell. By giving others the remnants of my food, I shall consider myself superior and shall be burdened with the weight of false pride. Therefore, always remaining your surrendered disciple, I shall not accept worship from anyone else.’ Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī has written (Antya-līlā 20.28):&lt;br /&gt;
:premera svabhāva—yāhāṅ premera sambandha&lt;br /&gt;
:sei māne,—‘kṛṣṇe mora nāhi prema-gandha’&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Wherever there is a relationship of love of Godhead, the natural symptoms are that the devotee does not think himself a devotee, but always thinks that he has not even a drop of love for Kṛṣṇa.’”&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Wherever there is a relationship of love of Godhead, its natural symptom is that the devotee does not think himself a devotee. Instead, he always thinks that he has not even a drop of love for Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Antya 20.28|CC Antya 20.28, Translation and Purport]]: Wherever there is a relationship of love of Godhead, its natural symptom is that the devotee does not think himself a devotee. Instead, he always thinks that he has not even a drop of love for Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura comments that persons who are actually very poor because they possess not even a drop of love of Godhead or pure devotional service falsely advertise themselves as great devotees, although they cannot at any time relish the transcendental bliss of devotional service. A class of so-called devotees known as prākṛta-sahajiyās sometimes display devotional symptoms to exhibit their good fortune. They are pretending, however, because these devotional features are only external. The prākṛta-sahajiyās exhibit these symptoms to advertise their so-called advancement in love of Kṛṣṇa, but instead of praising the prākṛta-sahajiyās for their symptoms of transcendental ecstasy, pure devotees do not like to associate with them. It is not advisable to equate the prākṛta-sahajiyās with pure devotees. When one is actually advanced in ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa, he does not try to advertise himself. Instead, he endeavors more and more to render service to the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If I had any drop of love for Kṛṣṇa, how I could live so long without Kṛṣṇa?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 16.13-15 -- Hawaii, February 8, 1975|Lecture on BG 16.13-15 -- Hawaii, February 8, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; But when we are preaching, we have to come to the second stage. There are three stages of devotional life. The first stage, or the lower stage, the middle stage, and the top stage. So this kind of conception, that &amp;quot;Nobody is my enemy,&amp;quot; that is on the topmost stage. That is not to be imitated. When you are preaching, you have to come to the middle stage. Even if you are on the top stage, you have to come on the middle stage because you have to discriminate: &amp;quot;Here is a devotee; here is a demon.&amp;quot; On the top stage there is no such thing as demon and devotee. The top stage, the devotee sees: &amp;quot;Everyone is engaged in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s service. Simply I am not engaged.&amp;quot; This is topmost devotee&#039;s vision, that &amp;quot;I am lacking Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotion.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just like Rādhārāṇī thinks that &amp;quot;All others, they are engaged in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotion, but I could not.&amp;quot; Caitanya Mahāprabhu said. Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that &amp;quot;I have not a pinch of devotion to Kṛṣṇa. Then if you say, &#039;Why you are crying?&#039; that is to make a show.&amp;quot; Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that &amp;quot;I am crying for Kṛṣṇa just to advertise Myself that I have become a big... But actually I have not a pinch of devotion to Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No you are so great devotee. Everyone says.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No. Everyone may say, but I am not.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Why you are not?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Now, because without Kṛṣṇa, still I am living. That is the proof that I have no love for Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; This is Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s statement. &amp;quot;If I had any drop of love for Kṛṣṇa, how I could live so long without Kṛṣṇa?&amp;quot; Śūnyāyitaṁ jagat sarvaṁ govinda-viraheṇa me. So this is love of Kṛṣṇa, that &amp;quot;How can I live?&amp;quot;—separation from Kṛṣṇa. This is Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s philosophy. And the Gosvāmīs followed them. They never said that &amp;quot;Now I have seen Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Never said. The Gosvāmīs... Caitanya Mahāprabhu also said that &amp;quot;I was dreaming Kṛṣṇa. Why you got Me awakened? I lost the chance.&amp;quot; But the Gosvāmīs, they said that&lt;br /&gt;
:he rādhe vraja-devike ca lalite he nanda-sūno kutaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:śrī-govardhana-kalpa-pādapa-tale kālindī-vane kutaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:ghoṣantāv iti sarvato vraja-pure khedair mahā-vihvalau&lt;br /&gt;
:vande rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau&lt;br /&gt;
They were simply feeling separation. In Vṛndāvana they lived, but they never said, &amp;quot;Last night I saw Kṛṣṇa was dancing.&amp;quot; Never said. They said that &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa and gopīs, Rādhārāṇī, where you are all?&amp;quot; He rādhe vraja-devike ca lalite he nanda-sūno kutaḥ: &amp;quot;Where you are?&amp;quot; Kālindī-vane kutaḥ govardhana-kalpa-pādapa-tale: &amp;quot;Either on the..., near the Govardhana Hill or on the bank of the river Yamunā, where you are?&amp;quot; This is called bhajana, devotion in separation, feeling separation. So in this way we shall increase our aspiration more and more. That is required. That āśā, that hope, that expectation, will lead us to the topmost platform of devotion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Falling_down_and_crying_like_a_madman&amp;diff=71435</id>
		<title>Falling down and crying like a madman</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Falling_down_and_crying_like_a_madman&amp;diff=71435"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T13:21:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: /* SB Canto 4 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;falling down and crying like a madman&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fall Down]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Crying]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Madman]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are many types of transcendental ecstasies in the forms of crying, laughing, perspiring, falling down and crying like a madman.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.20.19|SB 4.20.19, Translation and Purport]]: King Pṛthu abundantly worshiped the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who was so merciful to him. While worshiping the lotus feet of the Lord, Pṛthu Mahārāja gradually increased his ecstasy in devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When various ecstasies appear in the body of a devotee, it is to be understood that his devotional service has become perfect. There are many types of transcendental ecstasies in the forms of crying, laughing, perspiring, falling down and crying like a madman. All these symptoms are sometimes visible on the body of a devotee. They are called asta-sāttvika-vikāra [Cc. Antya 14.99], which means &amp;quot;eight kinds of transcendental transformations.&amp;quot; They are never to be imitated, but when a devotee actually becomes perfect, these symptoms are visible on his body. The Lord is bhakta-vatsala, which means that He is inclined toward His pure devotee (bhakta). Therefore the transcendental ecstatic transaction between the Supreme Lord and His devotee is never like the activities of this material world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_approach_shall_be_and_must_be_authoritative,_scientific_and_universal&amp;diff=71429</id>
		<title>The approach shall be and must be authoritative, scientific and universal</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=The_approach_shall_be_and_must_be_authoritative,_scientific_and_universal&amp;diff=71429"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T13:09:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;the approach shall be and must be authoritative&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Approach]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Authoritative]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1947 to 1965 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Therefore the approach shall be and must be authoritative, scientific and universal.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Raja Mohendra Pratap -- Cawnpore 13 July, 1947|Letter to Raja Mohendra Pratap -- Cawnpore 13 July, 1947]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In continuation of my last post card, I beg to inform you that I have finished the reading of your book Religion of Love. In my opinion the whole thesis is based on the philosophy of pantheism and the approach is made by the services of mankind. Religion of love is the true religious idea but if the approach is made through the service of mankind only, then the process is made imperfect, partial and unscientific.&lt;br /&gt;
As you say the waves of the creations are the different aspects, why a particular type of waves namely the mankind should be partially selected and offered services and why other types of waves such as the beasts or birds, the plants and the stone shall not be offered a similar type of services? In that case how can you say that the worship of a stone is sinful while a man who is more than a stone shall be considered as the object of love? These are some of the questions that arise out of a critical study of your book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you so desire I can enter into discussions about it and my opinion is that your approach is partial and unscientific. There is no hesitation to accept the principle of the Religion of Love because the Absolute Truth is, as we have known, Godhead Who is sat, cit and ananda. Without ananda there cannot be any love that is an accepted fact. Your delineation of society, friendship and love among the human beings is based on this ananda portion only but you have avoided the other portions of eternity and cognition of God the Whole Soul. Thus the approach is partial and unscientific. The true religion of love is perfectly inculcated in the Bhagavad-gita. When we speak of love there must be the object of love and the lover too. Here in this world we find that the object of love and the lover both are the cheater and the cheated in their reciprocal dealings. That is our experience. But the ultimate end being one Whole Soul, the dual existence of the object of lover and the loved loses identity. In that case the eternity and cognizibility of the loved and lover vanish at once. In this way there arises many questions which may be put forward to you for further discussions to adjust your ideas of religion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides you have not quoted any authority for all your statements. So it is more or less dogmatic. If different men put different dogmatic views about religion and its essentials who is to be accepted and who is not be? Therefore the approach shall be and must be authoritative, scientific and universal. Your delineations do not conform to all these necessary things. That is my main contention. If you have time to discuss on it, I shall be glad to substantiate my contentions as far as possible. My basis of arguments will be Bhagavad-gita which is the most authoritative, scientific and universal. To summarise the conclusions of Bhagavad-gita it may be said that,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) God is one and everything is in Him and He is in everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) To render transcendental service unto God is to serve everything that be, just like to water the root of the tree is to water the different branches and numerous leaves of the tree or to supply food to the stomach is to vitalize all the senses and the sense organs of the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The parts are automatically served when the Whole is served but when the parts are served the whole may not be served or not served at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) The parts and the Whole being eternally related, it is the eternal duty of the parts to render service unto the Whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) A recipient of the services of the parts, God&#039;s sat-cit-ananda vigraha i.e. the all-attractive Cognizant and all-blissful Personality eternal. He can reveal Himself by His own potency without any help of the external potency called maya in order to be cognizable by the limited potency of the parts and as such He is not only the greatest of all but he is the smallest of all. That is His prerogative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6) He is better realized when He by His causeless mercy agrees to descend in this mortal world but he He is never realized by the partial speculations of the empiric philosophers however systematic and long-termed it may be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) Sri Krishna is the Personality of Godhead and is the Summum Bonum Cause of all Causes proved by fact and figures in the statement of Bhagavad-gita, but He reserves the right of not being exposed to the sensual speculations of the empiric philosophers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) One should therefore surrender unto Him if one wants to know Him as He is and that is the real process to approach the Infinite by the infinitesimals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Sri Krishna is easily available by the religion of love i.e. by love and service as conceived by the damsels of Vraja who had practically no education whatsoever and much less any claim for high class birth right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) The highest service that can be rendered to the mankind is, therefore, to preach the philosophy and religion of Bhagavad-gita for all the times, all the places and all the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hope you may agree with me and thus make a combined effort in this direction for the benefit of the mankind.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna,_ever-existingly_young_man&amp;diff=71407</id>
		<title>Krsna, ever-existingly young man</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna,_ever-existingly_young_man&amp;diff=71407"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T12:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Krsna, ever-existingly young man&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Exist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:young]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa, ever-existingly young man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- October 28, 1975, Nairobi|Morning Walk -- October 28, 1975, Nairobi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: First of all be engaged yourself. Then they will see the example and they&#039;ll join. Just like in our New Vrindaban. Other men from other farms, they are coming, and they are offered this milk preparation, burfi, sandeṣa, rasagullā, rabri, so many, halavā. They become: &amp;quot;Oh, so many nice things can be prepared from milk?&amp;quot; They do not know, uncivilized. Cut the animal and eat. A most crude civilization. When people were not civilized, they used to do that. Civilization means you know, you must know how to live very nicely. That is civilization. But they do not know even that. Simply eating meat and wine, meat and wine, that&#039;s all. And this is going on as civilization. They do not know what is the meaning of civilization. Na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇum [SB 7.5.31]. Real civilization means to understand God. Here is God. Who&#039;ll accept, either you say God or nature, that &amp;quot;You are under control. You are not free.&amp;quot;? That, this dog&#039;s obstinacy, they will not take it. Like a dog. What is the meaning of dog obstinacy? He&#039;ll go on disturbing, &amp;quot;Gow! Gow! Gow! Gow! Gow!&amp;quot; This is dog consciousness. How they can refuse, that &amp;quot;There is no authority&amp;quot;? They say, &amp;quot;No, we don&#039;t care for authority. Don&#039;t.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But you are being kicked every moment: still, there is no authority? Just see obstinacy. Why you are becoming old? Every moment you are being kicked. You cannot remain young. You are trying to remain young with pomade, with some color, with some this, tea, wig, and... But you cannot, rascal. You cannot. You must become old. And still, he is thinking that he&#039;ll be able to remain young. This is called dog&#039;s obstinacy. He has got experience that nobody can remain young. I&#039;ll also not remain young also, although I want it, &amp;quot;Yes, if I can remain young, that is good facility.&amp;quot; That he knows, but he won&#039;t find the way how he can remain... Nityaḥ śāśvato &#039;yaṁ na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. Nitya. That path he will not take. Kṛṣṇa says, &amp;quot;Here is the way.&amp;quot; Nityaḥ śāśvato &#039;yaṁ na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20]. Advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam adyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanam [Bs. 5.33]. Kṛṣṇa, the oldest man, oldest living being, but nava-yauvana, always fresh, young... You can get that position. You can play also, play Kṛṣṇa. But that path they will not take. Kṛṣṇa, ever-existingly young man, He is displaying in Vṛndāvana and inviting, &amp;quot;You can also come and join and live like this.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No. That&#039;s all. It is all fictitious. There was no Kṛṣṇa. There is no such thing.&amp;quot; Immediately dismiss judgment. And by pomade, by injection, by, what is called? Hormone? All these rascals, they are trying to be young. Just see. You are doctor. Can you make young men with this...&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Failure_is_the_pillar_of_success&amp;diff=71404</id>
		<title>Failure is the pillar of success</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Failure_is_the_pillar_of_success&amp;diff=71404"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T12:06:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;failure is the pillar of success&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Failure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pillar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Success]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As we have sometimes the proverb, that &amp;quot;Failure is the pillar of success,&amp;quot; so especially in the spiritual life, this failure is not discouraging.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.40-43 -- New York, September 18, 1966|Lecture on BG 6.40-43 -- New York, September 18, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now, there is a story. There are many stories. One of them I am citing. It is very interesting. Viśvāmitra Muni. Viśvāmitra Muni, he was a great king, kṣatriya, but his priest, Vasiṣṭha Muni, he had great spiritual power. So he renounced his kingdom. He wanted to advance. He was kingly, royal order, but still, he wanted to advance in the spiritual orders. So he adopted yoga process, meditation. That time it was possible for adopting this process, yoga process. So he was meditating in such a way that the Indra, who was the king of heaven, he thought that &amp;quot;This man is trying to occupy my post.&amp;quot; As there is competition... This is also... Heaven means that is also material world. So this competition—no businessman wants an another businessman go ahead. He wants to cut down. Competition of price, quality. Similarly, that Indra, he thought that &amp;quot;This man is so strongly meditating, it may be that I may be deposed and he come to my seat.&amp;quot; Then he arranged one of his society girls, Menakā, to go there and allure this muni. So when Menakā approached that ṛṣi, Viśvāmitra Ṛṣi, he was meditating. And simply by the sound of her bangles, he could understand, &amp;quot;There is some woman.&amp;quot; And as soon as he saw there was heavenly, celestial beauty, he was captivated. Then there was a result, that a great... Śakuntalā. Perhaps some of you may know. There is a book made by Kālidāsa, Śakuntalā. This Śakuntalā is supposed to be the most beautiful girl in the world, and she was born by this combination of Viśvāmitra Muni and Menakā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So when this girl was born, then Viśvāmitra thought, &amp;quot;Oh, I was advancing in my spiritual culture, and again I have been entrapped.&amp;quot; So he was going out. At the same time his wife Menakā brought this girl before her, and little child is always attractive. She showed that &amp;quot;Oh, you have got such a nice girl, such beautiful girl, and you are going away? No, no. You should take care.&amp;quot; So there is a picture, very nice. That is a very famous picture. That Menakā is showing Viśvāmitra Muni the girl, and the muni is like that, &amp;quot;No more show me.&amp;quot; Yes. There is a picture. That is... Then he went away. So there are chances of failure. There are chances of failure. Just like a great sage like Viśvāmitra Muni, he also failed, failed for the time being. But Kṛṣṇa says that this failure is not, I mean to say, unsuccessful. As we have sometimes the proverb, that &amp;quot;Failure is the pillar of success,&amp;quot; so especially in the spiritual life, this failure is not discouraging. This failure is not discouraging.&lt;br /&gt;
So Kṛṣṇa says that &amp;quot;Even one fails in completing his spiritual course, still, there is no loss on his part.&amp;quot; Pārtha naiva iha. Iha means in this world. Na amutra. Amutra means next world. Vināśas tasya vidyate: &amp;quot;He will never vanquish.&amp;quot; Vināśas tasya vidyate, na hi kalyāṇa-kṛt: &amp;quot;Anyone who takes this auspicious line of spiritual culture,&amp;quot; kaścid durgatiṁ tāta gacchati, &amp;quot;he&#039;ll never fall down.&amp;quot; Yes. And why? Now,&lt;br /&gt;
:prāpya puṇya-kṛtāṁ lokān&lt;br /&gt;
:uṣitvā śāśvatīḥ samāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ gehe&lt;br /&gt;
:yoga-bhraṣṭo &#039;bhijāyate&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 6.41]&lt;br /&gt;
Abhijāyate. He says that this failure yogi... One who is successful, he enters into the kingdom of God. That is a different thing. But one who is a failed student, what happens to him? Now, prāpya puṇya-kṛtāṁ lokān: [Bg. 6.41] &amp;quot;He enters into the planets where pious living entities are allowed to enter.&amp;quot; That means he gets into the higher planets. There are many planets within the universe, and the higher planets, there are more comforts, more duration of life, persons are more pious, religious, godly. As you make progress to the higher planets, these facilities are there, thousand times better than this planet. So Kṛṣṇa says that &amp;quot;Even if he is failure, still, he goes to such planets where pious men are elevated.&amp;quot; Prāpya puṇya-kṛtāṁ lokān, and uṣitvā śāśvatīḥ samāḥ [Bg. 6.41]. And he remains there for a long duration of time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Failure is the pillar of success.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation With Madhudvisa and others -- August 17, 1977, Vrndavana|Room Conversation With Madhudvisa and others -- August 17, 1977, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: It doesn&#039;t matter. Live like gṛhastha, but don&#039;t leave. So where you are staying now?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Madhudviṣa: I just came from Hawaii.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Where is your wife?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Madhudviṣa: She&#039;s there. I just had a baby boy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Huh?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Madhudviṣa: I just had a son.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That&#039;s nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Madhudviṣa: I called him Abhay. I hope that&#039;s all right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So remain as gṛhastha and render your service. There is no harm. If one could not proceed, it doesn&#039;t matter. Failure is the pillar of success. Then try. Again you shall try.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=When_one_meets_the_self_by_proper_culture&amp;diff=71396</id>
		<title>When one meets the self by proper culture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=When_one_meets_the_self_by_proper_culture&amp;diff=71396"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T11:54:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;When, however, one meets the self by proper culture&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Self]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Culture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When, however, one meets the self by proper culture, the activities of the self begin.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.3.34|SB 1.3.34, Translation and Purport]]: Whenever a person experiences, by self-realization, that both the gross and subtle bodies have nothing to do with the pure self, at that time he sees himself as well as the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between self-realization and material illusion is to know that the temporary or illusory impositions of material energy in the shape of gross and subtle bodies are superficial coverings of the self. The coverings take place due to ignorance. Such coverings are never effective in the person of the Personality of Godhead. Knowing this convincingly is called liberation, or seeing the Absolute. This means that perfect self-realization is made possible by adoption of godly or spiritual life. Self-realization means becoming indifferent to the needs of the gross and subtle bodies and becoming serious about the activities of the self. The impetus for activities is generated from the self, but such activities become illusory due to ignorance of the real position of the self. By ignorance, self-interest is calculated in terms of the gross and subtle bodies, and therefore a whole set of activities is spoiled, life after life. When, however, one meets the self by proper culture, the activities of the self begin. Therefore a man who is engaged in the activities of the self is called jīvan-mukta, or a liberated person even in the conditional existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This perfect stage of self-realization is attained not by artificial means, but under the lotus feet of the Lord, who is always transcendental. In the Bhagavad-gītā the Lord says that He is present in everyone&#039;s heart, and from Him only all knowledge, remembrance or forgetfulness take place. When the living being desires to be an enjoyer of material energy (illusory phenomena), the Lord covers the living being in the mystery of forgetfulness, and thus the living being misinterprets the gross body and subtle mind to be his own self. And by culture of transcendental knowledge, when the living being prays to the Lord for deliverance from the clutches of forgetfulness, the Lord, by His causeless mercy, removes the living being&#039;s illusory curtain, and thus he realizes his own self. He then engages himself in the service of the Lord in his eternal constitutional position, becoming liberated from the conditioned life. All this is executed by the Lord either through His external potency or directly by the internal potency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Primeval_principle_omkara&amp;diff=71393</id>
		<title>Primeval principle omkara</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Primeval_principle_omkara&amp;diff=71393"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T11:50:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;primeval principle omkara&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Primeval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Omkara]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Preface and Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has given more stress on the side word tat tvam asi than on the primeval principle oṁkāra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB Introduction|SB Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Praṇava [oṁ], or the oṁkāra in the Vedas, is the primeval hymn. This transcendental sound is identical with the form of the Lord. All the Vedic hymns are based on this praṇava oṁkāra. Tat tvam asi is but a side word in the Vedic literatures, and therefore this word cannot be the primeval hymn of the Vedas. Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has given more stress on the side word tat tvam asi than on the primeval principle oṁkāra.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Hellish_cinema_attractions&amp;diff=71387</id>
		<title>Hellish cinema attractions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Hellish_cinema_attractions&amp;diff=71387"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T11:45:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;hellish cinema attractions&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hellish]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Cinema]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Attraction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Only attention engaged in the service of the Lord, especially in dressing and decorating the temple, accompanied by musical kīrtana and spiritual instructions from scriptures, can save the common man from the hellish cinema attractions and rubbish sex-songs broadcast everywhere by radios. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.3.22|SB 2.3.22, Translation and Purport]]: The eyes which do not look at the symbolic representations of the Personality of Godhead Viṣṇu [His forms, name, quality, etc.] are like those printed on the plumes of the peacock, and the legs which do not move to the holy places [where the Lord is remembered] are considered to be like tree trunks.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially for the householder devotees, the path of Deity worship is strongly recommended. As far as possible, every householder, by the direction of the spiritual master, must install the Deity of Viṣṇu, forms like Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa or Sītā-Rāma especially, or any other form of the Lord, like Nṛsiṁha, Varāha, Gaura-Nitāi, Matsya, Kūrma, śālagrāma-śilā and many other forms of Viṣṇu, like Trivikrama, Keśava, Acyuta, Vāsudeva, Nārāyaṇa and Dāmodara, as recommended in the Vaiṣṇava-tantras or Purāṇas, and one&#039;s family should worship strictly following the directions and regulations of arcana-vidhi. Any member of the family who is above twelve years of age should be initiated by a bona fide spiritual master, and all the members of the household should be engaged in the daily service of the Lord, beginning from morning (4 a.m.) till night (10 p.m.) by performing maṅgala-ārātrika, nirañjana, arcana, pūjā, kīrtana, śṛṅgāra, bhoga-vaikāli, sandhyā-ārātrika, pāṭha, bhoga (at night), śayana-ārātrika, etc. Engagement in such worship of the Deity, under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master, will greatly help the householders to purify their very existence and make rapid progress in spiritual knowledge. Simple theoretical book knowledge is not sufficient for a neophyte devotee. Book knowledge is theoretical, whereas the arcana process is practical. Spiritual knowledge must be developed by a combination of theoretical and practical knowledge, and that is the guaranteed way for attainment of spiritual perfection. The training of devotional service for a neophyte devotee completely depends on the expert spiritual master who knows how to lead his disciple to make gradual progress towards the path back home, back to Godhead. One should not become a pseudo spiritual master as a matter of business to meet one&#039;s family expenditures; one must be an expert spiritual master to deliver the disciple from the clutches of impending death. Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura has defined the bona fide qualities of a spiritual master, and one of the verses in that description reads:&lt;br /&gt;
:śrī-vigrahārādhana-nitya-nānā-&lt;br /&gt;
:śṛṅgāra-tan-mandira-mārjanādau&lt;br /&gt;
:yuktasya bhaktāṁś ca niyuñjato &#039;pi&lt;br /&gt;
:vande guroḥ śrī-caraṇāravindam **&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī-vigraha is the arcā, or suitable worshipable form of the Lord, and the disciple should be engaged in worshiping the Deity regularly by śṛṅgāra, by proper decoration and dressing, as also by mandira-mārjana, the matter of cleansing the temple. The spiritual master teaches the neophyte devotee all these kindly and personally to help him gradually in the realization of the transcendental name, quality, form, etc., of the Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
Only attention engaged in the service of the Lord, especially in dressing and decorating the temple, accompanied by musical kīrtana and spiritual instructions from scriptures, can save the common man from the hellish cinema attractions and rubbish sex-songs broadcast everywhere by radios. If one is unable to maintain a temple at home, he should go to another&#039;s temple where all the above performances are regularly executed. Visiting the temple of a devotee and looking at the profusely decorated forms of the Lord well dressed in a well-decorated, sanctified temple naturally infuse the mundane mind with spiritual inspiration. People should visit holy places like Vṛndāvana where such temples and worship of the Deity are specifically maintained. Formerly all rich men like kings and rich merchants constructed such temples under the direction of expert devotees of the Lord, like the six Gosvāmīs, and it is the duty of the common man to take advantage of these temples and festivals observed in the holy places of pilgrimage by following in the footsteps of great devotees (anuvraja). One should not visit all these sanctified pilgrimage places and temples with sightseeing in mind, but one must go to such temples and sanctified places immortalized by the transcendental pastimes of the Lord and be guided by proper men who know the science. This is called anuvraja. Anu means to follow. It is therefore best to follow the instruction of the bona fide spiritual master, even in visiting temples and the holy places of pilgrimage. One who does not move in that way is as good as a standing tree condemned by the Lord not to move. The moving tendency of the human being is misused by visiting places for sightseeing. The best purpose of such traveling tendencies could be fulfilled by visiting the holy places established by great ācāryas and thereby not being misled by the atheistic propaganda of moneymaking men who have no knowledge of spiritual matters.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_disturbance_to_his_love_for_Krsna&amp;diff=71381</id>
		<title>No disturbance to his love for Krsna</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_disturbance_to_his_love_for_Krsna&amp;diff=71381"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T11:35:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;no disturbance to his love for Krsna&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Undisturbed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Love for Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arjuna experienced in the Eleventh Chapter that to be attached to the personal form of Kṛṣṇa is best because he could thus understand all other forms at the same time and there was no disturbance to his love for Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 12.1|BG 12.1, Translation and Purport]]: Arjuna inquired: Which are considered to be more perfect, those who are always properly engaged in Your devotional service or those who worship the impersonal Brahman, the unmanifested?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa has now explained about the personal, the impersonal and the universal and has described all kinds of devotees and yogīs. Generally, the transcendentalists can be divided into two classes. One is the impersonalist, and the other is the personalist. The personalist devotee engages himself with all energy in the service of the Supreme Lord. The impersonalist also engages himself, not directly in the service of Kṛṣṇa but in meditation on the impersonal Brahman, the unmanifested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We find in this chapter that of the different processes for realization of the Absolute Truth, bhakti-yoga, devotional service, is the highest. If one at all desires to have the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, then he must take to devotional service.&lt;br /&gt;
Those who worship the Supreme Lord directly by devotional service are called personalists. Those who engage themselves in meditation on the impersonal Brahman are called impersonalists. Arjuna is here questioning which position is better. There are different ways to realize the Absolute Truth, but Kṛṣṇa indicates in this chapter that bhakti-yoga, or devotional service to Him, is the highest of all. It is the most direct, and it is the easiest means for association with the Godhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Second Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā, the Supreme Lord explained that a living entity is not the material body; he is a spiritual spark. And the Absolute Truth is the spiritual whole. In the Seventh Chapter He spoke of the living entity as being part and parcel of the supreme whole and recommended that he transfer his attention fully to the whole. Then again in the Eighth Chapter it was said that anyone who thinks of Kṛṣṇa at the time of quitting his body is at once transferred to the spiritual sky, to the abode of Kṛṣṇa. And at the end of the Sixth Chapter the Lord clearly said that of all yogīs, one who always thinks of Kṛṣṇa within himself is considered the most perfect. So in practically every chapter the conclusion has been that one should be attached to the personal form of Kṛṣṇa, for that is the highest spiritual realization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, there are those who are not attached to the personal form of Kṛṣṇa. They are so firmly detached that even in the preparation of commentaries to Bhagavad-gītā they want to distract other people from Kṛṣṇa and transfer all devotion to the impersonal brahmajyoti. They prefer to meditate on the impersonal form of the Absolute Truth, which is beyond the reach of the senses and is not manifest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And so, factually, there are two classes of transcendentalists. Now Arjuna is trying to settle the question of which process is easier and which of the classes is most perfect. In other words, he is clarifying his own position because he is attached to the personal form of Kṛṣṇa. He is not attached to the impersonal Brahman. He wants to know whether his position is secure. The impersonal manifestation, either in this material world or in the spiritual world of the Supreme Lord, is a problem for meditation. Actually, one cannot perfectly conceive of the impersonal feature of the Absolute Truth. Therefore Arjuna wants to say, &amp;quot;What is the use of such a waste of time?&amp;quot; Arjuna experienced in the Eleventh Chapter that to be attached to the personal form of Kṛṣṇa is best because he could thus understand all other forms at the same time and there was no disturbance to his love for Kṛṣṇa. This important question asked of Kṛṣṇa by Arjuna will clarify the distinction between the impersonal and personal conceptions of the Absolute Truth.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Many_instances_of_falldown&amp;diff=70969</id>
		<title>Many instances of falldown</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Many_instances_of_falldown&amp;diff=70969"/>
		<updated>2008-12-21T13:43:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;many instances of falldown&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Many]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fall Down]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are so many instances of falldown, even for great yogīs like Viśvāmitra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.14.20|SB 3.14.20, Translation and Purport]]: As a fort commander very easily conquers invading plunderers, by taking shelter of a wife one can conquer the senses, which are unconquerable in the other social orders.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of the four orders of human society—the student, or brahmacārī order, the householder, or gṛhastha order, the retired, or vānaprastha order, and the renounced, or sannyāsī order—the householder is on the safe side. The bodily senses are considered plunderers of the fort of the body. The wife is supposed to be the commander of the fort, and therefore whenever there is an attack on the body by the senses, it is the wife who protects the body from being smashed. The sex demand is inevitable for everyone, but one who has a fixed wife is saved from the onslaught of the sense enemies. A man who possesses a good wife does not create a disturbance in society by corrupting virgin girls. Without a fixed wife, a man becomes a debauchee of the first order and is a nuisance in society—unless he is a trained brahmacārī, vānaprastha or sannyāsī. Unless there is rigid and systematic training of the brahmacārī by the expert spiritual master, and unless the student is obedient, it is sure that the so-called brahmacārī will fall prey to the attack of sex. There are so many instances of falldown, even for great yogīs like Viśvāmitra. A gṛhastha is saved, however, because of his faithful wife. Sex life is the cause of material bondage, and therefore it is prohibited in three āśramas and is allowed only in the gṛhastha-āśrama. The gṛhastha is responsible for producing first-quality brahmacārīs, vānaprasthas and sannyāsīs.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritually_inclined_means_Vaisnava&amp;diff=70965</id>
		<title>Spiritually inclined means Vaisnava</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritually_inclined_means_Vaisnava&amp;diff=70965"/>
		<updated>2008-12-21T13:32:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Panna: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Spiritually inclined means Vaisnava&amp;quot; }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Panna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritually]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Inclination]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaisnava]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritually inclined means Vaiṣṇava.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.47 -- Ahmedabad, December 12, 1972|Lecture on BG 6.47 -- Ahmedabad, December 12, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura laments... He was a great, responsible government officer, magistrate, but a great devotee of the Lord, and he&#039;s one of the ācāryas, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura. So he writes about his own experience that jaḍa-bidyā jato, māyāra vaibhava, tomāra bhajane bādhā. The more we make advancement in the temporary materialistic comforts, the more we become implicated in unnecessary things and they are all impediments for making progress in spiritual life. That is his opinion. And that&#039;s a fact. We have seen in Western countries, they are still more materially advanced, but spiritually, they are dull, block-headed, spiritually. Very difficult to convince them spiritually. So sādhu-saṅga [Cc. Madhya 22.83], by association of sādhus one can achieve advancement in spiritual life. And in all śāstras it is recommended that associate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cāṇakya Paṇḍita, the great politician, you know, he also says: tyaja durjana-saṅgam, tyaja durjana-saṅgaṁ bhaja sādhu-samāgamam. Tyaja durjana-saṅga. Give up association with bad elements. What are the bad elements? That is also explained by Caitanya Mahāprabhu. A devotee asked him that what should be the behavior of a person who is spiritually inclined, or Vaiṣṇava? Spiritually inclined means Vaiṣṇava. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that: asat-saṅga-tyāga ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra [Cc. Madhya 22.87]. Those who are interested in spiritual life, or to become a devotee, the first business is to give up the association of bad elements. Asat-saṅga-tyāga vaiṣṇava-ācāra. In one line. Then next question is then who is asat? Asat eka strī-saṅgī kṛṣṇa-abhakta āra. There... He has described who is asat. Strī-saṅgī. Strī-saṅgī means those who are unnecessary addicted to women. Unnecessary. One should be married. One must have children. That is not illicit association. But otherwise... Kṛṣṇa also says: dharmāviruddhaḥ kāmo &#039;smi. Kāma, lust, sex life, which is not against religious principles, that I am. That kind of lust I am. So dharma... So according to religious system, people should not be cats and dogs or hogs in the matter of sex life. They must have married wife, married husband. And only for nice children, they should unite. These are the descriptions given by the... Viṁśati prakāra dharma-śāstra manu-saṁhitā. Not otherwise.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Panna</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>